EP1916239A1 - Pyridone compound - Google Patents
Pyridone compound Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- EP1916239A1 EP1916239A1 EP06782591A EP06782591A EP1916239A1 EP 1916239 A1 EP1916239 A1 EP 1916239A1 EP 06782591 A EP06782591 A EP 06782591A EP 06782591 A EP06782591 A EP 06782591A EP 1916239 A1 EP1916239 A1 EP 1916239A1
- Authority
- EP
- European Patent Office
- Prior art keywords
- group
- compound
- pyridin
- ethyl
- substituent
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Withdrawn
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
- C07D213/69—Two or more oxygen atoms
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
- A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
- A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
- A61P15/06—Antiabortive agents; Labour repressants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
- A61P15/08—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
- A61P15/10—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for impotence
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/06—Antigout agents, e.g. antihyperuricemic or uricosuric agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/02—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for peripheral neuropathies
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/20—Hypnotics; Sedatives
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/22—Anxiolytics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/24—Antidepressants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
- A61P25/32—Alcohol-abuse
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/30—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abuse or dependence
- A61P25/36—Opioid-abuse
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
- A61P27/16—Otologicals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
- A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/12—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for electrolyte homeostasis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/08—Plasma substitutes; Perfusion solutions; Dialytics or haemodialytics; Drugs for electrolytic or acid-base disorders, e.g. hypovolemic shock
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/04—Inotropic agents, i.e. stimulants of cardiac contraction; Drugs for heart failure
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/62—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
- C07D213/63—One oxygen atom
- C07D213/64—One oxygen atom attached in position 2 or 6
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/89—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
- C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D239/46—Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
- C07D239/52—Two oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D405/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
- C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D487/08—Bridged systems
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a novel pyridone compound.
- the compound acts as a melanin concentrating hormone receptor antagonist, and is useful as a preventive, treating or remedial agent for various circular system diseases, nervous system diseases, metabolic diseases, genital diseases, respiratory diseases, digestive diseases, etc.
- MCH Melanin concentrating hormone
- the hormone is known to functionally antagonize for melanin cell stimulating hormone in fishes, to cause concentration of melanin granules in melanophore and participate in body color change [ International Review of Cytology, Vol. 126, 1 (1991 ); Trends in Endocrinology and Metabolism, Vol. 5, 120 (1994 )].
- MCH-containing neuron cells are localized in the hypothalamus lateral field and uncertain zone, but their nerve fibers are projecting over a very wide scope in the brain [see The Journal of Comparative Neurology, Vol. 319, 218 (1992 )], and MCH is considered to preside over various central functions in living bodies.
- hypothalamus lateral field is known of old as feeding center, and furthermore, recently molecular biological and pharmacological knowledges suggesting participation of MCH in controlling energetic homeostasis are being much accumulated. That is, it has been reported that expression of mRNA, which is an MCH precursor, is accelerated in the brains of ob/ob mice, db/db mice, A y /a mice, Zucker fatty rats which are model animals of hereditary obesity, and in the brains of fasting mice [see Nature, Vol. 380, 243 (1996 ); Diabetes, Vol. 47, 294 (1998 ); Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, Vol. 268, 88 (2000 ); Molecular Brain Research, Vol. 92, 43 (2001 )].
- MCH precursor gene-deficient mice show reduced food ingestion or rise in oxygen consumption per body weight compared to wild type mice. Their low body weight due to decrease in body fat was observed [see Nature, Vol. 396, 670 (1998 )].
- MCH is an important factor for developing obesity and participates in diseases induced by metabolic disorders or respiratory diseases for which obesity is one risk factor.
- MCH is known to participate also in anxiety-causing action, epilepsy, memory and learning, diuretic action, sodium/potassium excretory action, oxytocin secreting action, reproduction and reproductive function [see Peptides, Vol. 17, 171 (1996 ); Peptides, Vol. 18, 1095 (1997 ); Peptides, Vol. 15, 757 (1994 ); Journal of Neuroendocrinology, Vol. 8, 57 (1996 ); Critical Reviews in Neurobiology, Vol. 8, 221 (1994 )].
- MCH causes versatile pharmacological actions through MCH receptors which are present mainly in the central nervous system.
- receptors of MCH at least two types of type 1 receptors (MCH-1R or SLC-1) and type 2 receptors (MCH-2R or SLT) are known [see Nature, Vol. 400, 261 (1999 ); Nature, Vol. 400, 265 (1999 ); Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, Vol. 261, 622 (1999 ); Nature Cell Biology, Vol. 1, 267 (1999 ); FEBS Letters, Vol. 457, 522 (1999 ); Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, Vol. 283, 1013 (2001 ); The Journal of Biological Chemistry, Vol. 276, 20125 (2001 ); Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, Vol.
- MCH-1R the pharmacological action observed on rodents is induced mainly via MCH-1R
- Genomics, Vol. 79, 785 (2002 ) Because MCH-1R gene-deficient mice chronically administered with MCH do not develop polyphagy or obesity, it is known that controlling of energy metabolism by MCH is induced via MCH-1R.
- the deficiency of MCH-1R is known to promote the activity amount of mice [see Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, Vol. 99, 3240 (2002 )], and its participation in central diseases accompanied by behavioral disorders, for example, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, schizophrenia, depression and the like also is strongly suggested [see Molecular Medicine Today, Vol. 6, 43 (2000 ); Trends in Neuroscience, Vol. 24, 527 (2001 )].
- MCH-1R autoantibody to MCH-1R
- a human autoantibody to MCH-1R is present in serum of vitiligo vulgaris patients [see The Journal of Clinical Investigation, Vol. 109, 923 (2002 )].
- expression of MCH-1R in certain species of cancer cells was reported, and in vivo expression sites of MCH and MCH-1R also suggest MCH's participation in cancer, sleep and vigil, drug dependence and digestive disorders [see Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, Vol. 289, 44 (2001 ); Neuroendocrinology, Vol. 61, 348 (1995 ); Endocrinology, Vol. 137, 561 (1996 ); The Journal of Comparative Neurology, Vol. 435, 26 (2001 )].
- MCH functions of MCH are expressed upon it binding to MCH receptors. Therefore, when its binding to MCH receptor is inhibited, then expression of MCH action can be inhibited.
- substances which are antagonists for binding of MCH with its receptor are useful as preventive, treating or remedial agents for those various diseases in which MCH participates, for example, metabolic disorders such as obesity, diabetes, hormone disorder, hyperlipidemia, gout, fatty liver; cardiovascular disorders such as stenocardia, acute or congestive heart failure, myocardial infarction, coronary atherosclerosis, hypertension, renal diseases, electrolyte abnormality; central and peripheral nervous system disorders such as bulimia, emotional disturbance, depression, anxiety, epilepsy, delirium, dementia, schizophrenia, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, memory impairment, sleep disorders, cognitive failure, dyskinesia, paresthesias, smell disorders, morphine tolerance, drug dependence, alcoholism; reproductive disorders such as infertility, preterm labor and sexual dysfunction; and other digestive disorders, respiratory disorders, cancer or pigment
- Patent Reference 1 discloses a pyridone derivative having an anti-hyperglycemia activity.
- concrete compounds in the reference have a single bond in the site of -Y 1 -Y 2 -Y 3 - in the formula of the present invention, and in addition, they have a single bond also in the sites of Z 1 , L and Z 2 ; but in the present invention, Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Z 1 , L and Z 2 are not all single bonds at the same time, and therefore the present invention differs from Patent Reference 1. Further, the reference does not describe an MCH receptor antagonistic effect.
- Patent Reference 2 discloses a pyridone derivative having a P38MAP kinase activity.
- concrete compounds disclosed in the reference have a methylene group as the -W- moiety in the formula of the present invention, therefore differing from the present invention in which the main chain of the linker has at least 2 atoms; and further, the reference does not describe an MCH receptor antagonistic effect.
- the present inventors have assiduously studied compounds having an MCH receptor antagonistic effect, and as a result, have found that a pyridone compound, in which an aromatic 6-membered ring bonds to the N atom of the pyridone ring via a linker having a main chain with at least 2 atoms and a specific amino group bonds to para-position of the aromatic 6-membered ring via linker, has an MCH receptor antagonistic effect and is effective for prevention or remedy of various MCH receptor-associated diseases, and have completed the present invention.
- the invention provides:
- the term “lower” means that the number of the carbon atoms constituting the group or the compound with the term is at most 6, preferably at most 4.
- “Lower alkyl group” includes a linear alkyl group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, concretely, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, an isopentyl group, a neopentyl group, a tert-amyl group, a 1-methylbutyl group, a 2-methylbutyl group, a 1,2-dimethylpropyl group, a 1-ethylpropyl group, an n-hexyl group, an isohexyl group, a 1-methylpentyl group, a 2-methylpentyl group, a 3-methylpentyl group, a 1,
- “Lower cycloalkyl group” includes a cycloalkyl group having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, concretely, for example, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group.
- “Lower alkylene group” includes a linear alkylene group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched alkylene group having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, concretely, for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a pentylene group, a hexylene group et al.
- “Lower alkenylene group” includes a linear alkenylene group having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched alkenylene group having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, having one carbon-carbon double bond in the chain, concretely, for example, a vinylene group, a 1-propenylene group, a 2-propenylene group, a 1-butenylene group, a 2-butenylene group, a 3-butenylene group, a 2-pentenylene group, a 3-pentenylene group, a 4-pentenylene group, a 1-hexenylene group, a 2-hexenylene group, a 3-hexenylene group, a 4-hexenylene group, a 5-hexenylene group et al.
- “Lower cycloalkylene group” includes a cycloalkylene group having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, concretely, for example, a 1,1-cyclopropylene group, a 1,2-cyclopropylene group, a 1,1-cyclobutanylene group, a 1,2-cyclobutanylene group, a 1,3-cyclobutanylene group, a 1,1-cyclopentenylene group, a 1,2-cyclohexenylene group, a 1,3-cyclohexenylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group et al.
- substituents in "methine optionally having substituent(s)" may be those selected from the group consisting of the group ⁇ .
- Examples of the substituent in “lower alkyl group optionally having substituent(s)”, “lower cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent(s)”, “lower alkylene group optionally having substituent(s)”, “ C 1-4 alkylene optionally having substituent(s)”, “lower alkenylene group optionally having substituent(s)” and “methylene optionally having substituent(s)” may be those selected from the group consisting of a group ⁇ ; and the above-mentioned lower alkyl group and others may be substituted with one or more such substituents.
- Aliphatic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group includes a 3- to 7-membered monocyclic, or 5 to 12-membered polycyclic, saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclic group, containing at least one, preferably from 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms as a part of the ring-constitutive members, and optionally containing from 0 to 2 oxygen atoms or from 0 to 2 sulfur atoms; and concretely, for example, it includes an aziridinyl group, an azetidinyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group, a piperidinyl group, a homopiperazinyl group, a homopiperidinyl group, a morpholinyl group, a thiomorpholinyl group, an octahydocyclopenta[b]pyrrolyl group, a hexahydropyrrolidinyl group, an octahydroindolidinyl group, an oc
- Aromatic carbocyclic group includes a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic carbocyclic group having from 6 to 14 carbon atoms, preferably from 6 to 10 carbon atoms, concretely, for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group et al.
- Aromatic heterocyclic group includes a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic or 8- to 14-membered polycyclic heteroaromatic cyclic group containing at least one, preferably from 1 to 5 hetero atoms selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom as a part of the ring-constitutive members; and concretely, for example, it includes a pyridinyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, a pyridazinyl group, a pyrazyl group, a pyrazolyl group, a pyrrolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a triazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, an isoxazolyl group, an oxadiazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, an isothiazolyl group, a thiadiazolyl group, a tetrazolyl group, a pyridazinyl group, a
- Aliphatic carbocyclic group includes a monocyclic or polycyclic, saturated or partially-unsaturated carbocyclic group having from 3 to 10, preferably from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, concretely, for example, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutenyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a cyclononyl group, a cyclodecyl group, a bicyclohexyl group, an adamantyl group et al.
- examples of the crosslinked aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring include 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, octahydropyrrolo[3.4-b]pyrrole, octahydropyrrolo[3.4-c]pyrrole, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, decahydropyrrolo[3.4-d]azepine;
- examples of the non-crosslinked aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring include an azetidine ring, a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, a hexamethyleneimine ring, a heptamethyleneimine ring, a morpholine ring; and further, the spiro-cyclic aliphatic nitrogen-containing
- aromatic heterocyclic group optionally having substituent(s) or "aromatic carbocyclic group optionally having substituent(s)” may be those selected from the group consisting of the group ⁇ ; and the above-mentioned cyclic groups may be substituted with one or more such substituents.
- the substituent in "aliphatic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group optionally having substituent(s)” or “aliphatic carbocyclic group optionally having substituent(s)” includes, in addition to the substituents selected from the group consisting of the group ⁇ , an oxo group and a lower cycloalkyl group; and the above-mentioned cyclic groups may be substituted with one or more such substituents.
- the substituent in "lower alkyl group optionally having substituent(s)" defined for R is, for example, preferably a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, a lower haloalkoxy group.
- halogen atom includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
- “Lower alkyl group optionally substituted with a fluorine atom or a hydroxyl group” includes a lower alkyl group, or a lower alkyl group in which a part or all of the hydrogen atoms of the lower alkyl group are substituted with a fluorine atom or a hydroxyl group;
- the latter lower alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom or a hydroxyl group includes, for example, a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a 2-fluoroethyl group, a 1,2-difluoroethyl group, a 2-hydroxyethyl group, a 1,2-dihydroxyethyl group et al.
- “Lower alkyloxy group optionally substituted with a fluorine atom” includes a group comprising a lower alkyl group or a lower alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, bonding to an oxygen atom.
- the lower alkyloxy group includes a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propyloxy group, an isopropyloxy group, an n-butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, an n-pentyloxy group et al
- the lower alkyloxy group substituted with a fluorine atom includes, for example, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a 1,2-difluoroethoxy group et al.
- “Mono-lower alkylamino group” is an amino group (-NH 2 ) in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a lower alkyl group, concretely, for example, including a methylamino group, an ethylamino group, an n-propylamino group, an isopropylamino group, an n-butylamino group, a sec-butylamino group, a tert-butylamino group et al.
- Di-lower alkylamino group is an amino group (-NH 2 ) in which two hydrogen atoms are substituted with lower alkyl groups, concretely, for example, including a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, an ethylmethylamino group, a di(n-propyl)amino group, a methyl(n-propyl)amino group, a diisopropylamino group et al.
- “Lower alkyloxy-lower alkyl group” is a lower alkyl group substituted with a lower alkyloxy group, and concretely includes, for example, a methoxymethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group, an n-propyloxymethyl group, an isopropyloxymethyl group, a 1-methoxyethyl group, a 2-methoxyethyl group et al.
- “Lower alkyloxycarbonyl group” is a lower alkyloxy group bonding to a carbonyl group (-CO-) and includes an alkyloxycarbonyl group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, concretely, for example, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, an n-propyloxycarbonyl group, an isopropyloxycarbonyl group, an n-butoxycarbonyl group, an isobutoxycarbonyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, an n-pentyloxycarbonyl group et al.
- “Lower alkyloxycarbonylamino group” is a group of an amino group (-NH 2 ) to which a lower alkyloxycarbonyl group bonds, and includes an alkyloxycarbonylamino group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, concretely, for example, a methoxycarbonylamino group, an ethoxycarbonylamino group, an n-propyloxycarbonylamino group, an isopropyloxycarbonylamino group, an n-butoxycarbonylamino group, an isobutoxycarbonylamino group, a tert-butoxycarbonylamino group, an n-pentyloxycarbonylamino group et al.
- “Lower alkyloxycarbonyl(lower alkyl)amino group” is a group of a mono-lower alkylamino group in which the hydrogen atom on the nitrogen atom is substituted with a lower alkyloxycarbonyl group and concretely includes, for example, a methoxycarbonyl(methyl)amino group, an ethoxycarbonyl(methyl)amino group, an n-propyloxycarbonyl(methyl)amino group et al.
- “Lower alkylcarbonyl group” is a group of a carbonyl group (-CO-) bonding to a lower alkyl group, and includes an alkylcarbonyl group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, concretely, for example, an acetyl group, a propionyl group, a butyryl group, an isobutyryl group, a valeryl group, an isovaleryl group, a pivaloyl group et al.
- “Lower alkylcarbonyloxy group” is a lower alkylcarbonyl group bonding to an oxygen atom, and concretely includes, for example, an acetoxy group, a propionyloxy group, a valeryloxy group, an isovaleryloxy group, a pivaloyloxy group et al.
- “Lower alkylcarbonylamino group” is a group of an amino group (-NH 2 ) in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a lower alkylcarbonyl group, and concretely includes, for example, an acetamido group, a propionylamino group, an isobutyrylamino group, a valerylamino group, an isovalerylamino group, a pivaloylamino group et al.
- “Lower alkylcarbonyl(lower alkyl)amino group” is a mono-lower alkylamino group in which the hydrogen atom on the nitrogen atom is substituted with a lower alkylcarbonyl group, and includes, for example, a methylcarbonyl(methyl)amino group, an ethylcarbonyl(methyl)amino group, an n-propylcarbonyl(methyl)amino group et al.
- “Mono-lower alkylcarbamoyl group” is a carbamoyl group (-CONH 2 ) in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a lower alkyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a methylcarbamoyl group, an ethylcarbamoyl group, an n-propylcarbamoyl group, an isopropylcarbamoyl group, an n-butylcarbamoyl group a sec-butylcarbamoyl group, a tert-butylcarbamoyl group et al.
- Di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group is a carbamoyl group (-CONH 2 ) in which two hydrogen atoms are substituted with lower alkyl groups, and concretely includes, for example, a dimethylcarbamoyl group, a diethylcarbamoyl group, an ethylmethylcarbamoyl group, a di(n-propyl)carbamoyl group, a methyl(n-propyl)carbamoyl group, a diisopropylcarbamoyl group et al.
- “Mono-lower alkylcarbamoylamino group” is an amino group (-NH 2 ) in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a mono-lower alkylcarbamoyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a methylcarbamoylamino group, an ethylcarbamoylamino group, an n-propylcarbamoylamino group, an isopropylcarbamoylamino group, an n-butylcarbamoylamino group, a sec-butylcarbamoylamino group, a tert-butylcarbamoylamino group et al.
- Di-lower alkylcarbamoylamino group is an amino group (-NH 2 ) in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a dimethylcarbamoylamino group, a diethylcarbamoylamino group, a di(n-propyl)carbamoylamino group, a diisopropylcarbamoylamino group, a di(n-butyl)carbamoylamino group, a di(sec-butyl)carbamoylamino group, a di(tert-butyl)carbamoylamino group et al.
- “Mono-lower alkylcarbamoyl(lower alkyl)amino group” is a mono-lower alkylamino group in which the hydrogen atom on the nitrogen atom is substituted with a mono-lower alkylcarbamoyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a monomethylcarbamoyl(methyl)amino group, a monoethylcarbamoyl(methyl)amino group, a [mono(n-propyl)carbamoyl](methyl)amino group et al.
- Di-lower alkylcarbamoyl(lower alkyl)amino group is a mono-lower alkylamino group in which the hydrogen atom on the nitrogen atom is substituted with a di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a dimethylcarbamoyl(methyl)amino group, a diethylcarbamoyl(methyl)amino group, a [di(n-propyl)carbamoyl](methyl)amino group et al.
- “Mono-lower alkylcarbamoyloxy group” is a mono-lower alkylcarbamoyl group bonding to an oxygen atom, and concretely includes, for example, a methylcarbamoyloxy group, an ethylcarbamoyloxy group, an n-propylcarbamoyloxy group, an isopropylcarbamoyloxy group, an n-butylcarbamoyloxy group, a sec-butylcarbamoyloxy group, a tert-butylcarbamoyloxy group et al.
- Di-lower alkylcarbamoyloxy group is a di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group bonding to an oxygen atom, and concretely includes, for example, a dimethylcarbamoyloxy group, a diethylcarbamoyloxy group, an ethylmethylcarbamoyloxy group, a di(n-propyl)carbamoyloxy group, a methyl(n-propyl)carbamoyloxy group, a diisopropylcarbamoyloxy group et al.
- “Lower alkylsulfonyl group” is a lower alkyl group bonding to a sulfonyl group (-SO 2 -), and concretely includes, for example, a methylsulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group, an n-propylsulfonyl group, an isopropylsulfonyl group, an n-butylsulfonyl group, a sec-butylsulfonyl group, a tert-butylsulfonyl group et al.
- “Lower alkylsulfonylamino group” is an amino group (-NH 2 ) in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a lower alkylsulfonyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a methylsulfonylamino group, an ethylsulfonylamino group, an n-propylsulfonylamino group, an isopropylsulfonylamino group, an n-butylsulfonylamino group, a sec-butylsulfonylamino group, a tert-butylsulfonylamino group et al.
- “Lower alkylsulfonyl(lower alkyl)amino group” is a group of a mono-lower alkylamino group in which the hydrogen atom on the nitrogen atom is substituted with a lower alkylsulfonyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a methanesulfonyl group, an ethanesulfonyl group, an n-propanesulfonyl group, an isopropanesulfonyl group et al.
- “Mono-lower alkylsulfamoyl group” is a group of a sulfamoyl group (-SO 2 NH 2 ) in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a lower alkyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a monomethylsulfamoyl group, a monoethylsulfamoyl group, a mono(n-propyl)sulfamoyl group, a monoisopropylsulfamoyl group, a mono(n-butyl)sulfamoyl group, a mono(sec-butyl)sulfamoyl group, a mono(tert-butyl)sulfamoyl group et al.
- Di-lower alkylsulfamoyl group is a group of a sulfamoyl group (-SO 2 NH 2 ) in which two hydrogen atoms are substituted with lower alkyl groups, and concretely includes, for example, a dimethylsulfamoyl group, a diethylsulfamoyl group, a di(n-propyl)sulfamoyl group, a diisopropylsulfamoyl group, a di(n-butyl)sulfamoyl group, a di(sec-butyl)sulfamoyl group, a di(tert-butyl)sulfamoyl group et al.
- “Mono-lower alkylsulfamoylamino group” is a group of an amino group (-NH 2 ) in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a mono-lower alkylsulfamoyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a (monomethylsulfamoyl)amino group, a (monoethylsulfamoyl)amino group, a [mono(n-propyl)sulfamoyl]amino group, a (monoisopropylsulfamoyl)amino group, a [mono(n-butyl)sulfamoyl]amino group, a [(mono-sec-butyl)sulfamoyl]amino group, a [(mono-tert-butyl)sulfamoyl] amino group et al.
- (Di-lower alkylsulfamoyl)amino group is a group of an amino group (-NH 2 ) in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a di-lower alkylsulfamoyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a (dimethylsulfamoyl)amino group, a (diethylsulfamoyl)amino group, an (ethylmethylsulfamoyl)amino group, a [di(n-propyl)sulfamoyl]amino group, a [methyl(n-propyl)sulfamoyl]amino group, a (diisopropylsulfamoyl)amino group et al.
- “Mono-lower alkylsulfamoyl(lower alkyl)amino group” is a group of a mono-lower alkylamino group in which the hydrogen atom on the nitrogen atom is substituted with a mono-lower alkylsulfamoyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a monomethylsulfamoyl(methyl)amino group, a monoethylsulfamoyl(methyl)amino group, a [mono(n-propyl)sulfamoyl](methyl)amino group et al.
- Di-lower alkylsulfamoyl(lower alkyl)amino group is a group of a mono-lower alkylamino group in which the hydrogen atom on the nitrogen atom is substituted with a di-lower alkylsulfamoyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a dimethylsulfamoyl(methyl)amino group, a diethylsulfamoyl(methyl)amino group, a [di(n-propyl)sulfamoyl](methyl)amino group et al.
- “Pharmaceutically-acceptable salts” of a pyridone compound of formula [I] mean ordinary salts that are acceptable as medicines. Their examples are acid-addition salts to the amine group of the compound of formula [I] or acid-addition salts to the nitrogen-containing hetero ring thereof, or base-addition salts to the carboxyl group, if any, of the compound of formula [I].
- the acid-addition salts include inorganic acid salts such as hydrochlorides, sulfates, nitrates, phosphates, perchlorates; organic acid salts such as maleates, fumarates, tartrates, citrates, ascorbates, trifluoroacetates; and sulfonates such as methanesulfonates, isethionates, benzenesulfonates, p-toluenesulfonates et al.
- inorganic acid salts such as hydrochlorides, sulfates, nitrates, phosphates, perchlorates
- organic acid salts such as maleates, fumarates, tartrates, citrates, ascorbates, trifluoroacetates
- sulfonates such as methanesulfonates, isethionates, benzenesulfonates, p-toluenesulfonates
- the base-addition salts include alkali metal salts such as sodium salts, potassium salts; alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium salts, magnesium salts; and organic amine salts such as ammonium salts; trimethylamine salts, triethylamine salts, dicyclohexylamine salts, ethanolamine salts, diethanolamine salts, triethanolamine salts, procaine salts, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine salts et al.
- alkali metal salts such as sodium salts, potassium salts
- alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium salts, magnesium salts
- organic amine salts such as ammonium salts
- trimethylamine salts triethylamine salts, dicyclohexylamine salts, ethanolamine salts, diethanolamine salts, triethanolamine salts, procaine salts, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine salts et al.
- X 1 and X 2 each represent a methine optionally having substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a group ⁇ , a methine substituted with Ar-Y 1 -Y 2 -Y 3 -, or a nitrogen atom, and any one of X 1 and X 2 is a methine substituted with Ar-Y 1 -Y 2 -Y 3 -, and the other is a methine optionally having substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of the group ⁇ or a nitrogen atom.
- Preferred examples of the substituent selected from the group ⁇ for X 1 and X 2 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, a methoxy group et al.
- X 1 and X 2 concretely include:
- Y 1 represents a single bond, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -SO- or -SO 2 -;
- Y 2 represents a single bond, a lower alkylene optionally having substituent(s), a lower alkenylene optionally having substituent(s), or a lower cycloalkylene group optionally having substituent(s);
- Y 3 represents a single bond, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -SO- or -SO 2 -;
- R represents a hydrogen atom, or a lower alkyl group optionally having substituent(s).
- Y 1 is preferably a single bond.
- Y 2 is preferably a single bond, a methylene group optionally having substituent(s), a vinylene group optionally having substituent(s), or an ethylene group optionally having substituent(s).
- Y 3 is preferably a single bond or -O-.
- Preferred combinations of Y 1 -Y 2 -Y 3 are:
- Ar represents an aromatic carbocyclic group optionally having substituent(s), an aromatic heterocyclic group optionally having substituent(s), or an aliphatic carbocyclic group optionally having substituent(s).
- examples of the substituent in "substituent optionally having substituent(s)” include substituents selected from the group consisting of the group ⁇ , or a phenyl group, a phenoxy group; and above all, preferred are those selected from a group consisting of a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a difluoromethoxy group and a trifluoromethoxy group.
- Ar examples include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a pyridinyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, a pyridazinyl group, a pyrazyl group, a pyrazole group, a pyrrolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a triazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, an isoxazolyl group, an oxadiazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, an isothiazolyl group, a thiadiazolyl group, a tetrazolyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group et al; and these may optionally have substituent(s).
- X 3 and X 4 are the same or different, each representing a methine optionally having substituent(s) or a nitrogen atom.
- X 5 , X 6 , X 7 and X 8 are the same or different, each representing a methine optionally having substituent(s) or a nitrogen atom, however, at least 3 atoms of X 5 , X 6 , X 7 and X 8 are not nitrogen atoms at the same time.
- X 5 , X 6 , X 7 and X 8 are that all of them are methines optionally having substituent(s); and especially recommended is that all of them are methines substituted with a halogen or a lower alkoxy group, or unsubstituted methines.
- W represents -(O)m 1 -(CH 2 )n-(O)m 2 -, in which -(CH 2 )n- may optionally have substituent(s).
- n indicates an integer of from 1 to 4; and they satisfy 2 ⁇ m 1 +m 2 +n ⁇ 4, but m 1 , m 2 and n are not 1 at the same time.
- examples of W include:
- L represents a single bond or a methylene optionally having substituent(s)
- L, taken together with Z 2 and R 1 and with the nitrogen atom adjacent to R 1 may form an aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring optionally having substituent(s).
- Z 1 represents a single bond, -O-, or a C 1-4 alkylene group optionally having substituent(s);
- Z 2 represents a single bond or a C 1-4 alkylene group optionally having substituent(s).
- Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , L, Z 1 and Z 2 are not all single bonds at the same time.
- L is a single bond, or a methylene optionally having substituent(s).
- Z 1 is a single bond, a methylene optionally having substituent(s), or -O-
- Z s is a single bond, or a methylene optionally having substituent(s).
- Preferred combinations of -Z 1 -L-Z 2 - are:
- R 1 and R 2 are the same or different, each representing a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally having substituent(s), or a lower cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent(s), and R 1 and R 2 , taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they bond, may form a 3- to 11-membered, crosslinked, non-crosslinked or spiro-cyclic aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring optionally having substituent(s).
- R 1 and R 2 are the same or different, each representing a hydrogen atom, a C 1-4 alkyl group optionally having substituent(s), or a C 3-6 cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent(s).
- the aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring optionally having substituent(s), which is formed by R 1 , Z 2 and L as taken together with the nitrogen atom adjacent to R 1 is preferably a pyrrolidine ring optionally having substituent(s), in which the optional substituent is preferably selected from the group consisting of the group ⁇ .
- "3- to 11-membered, crosslinked, non-crosslinked or spiro-cyclic aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring optionally having substituent(s)” which is formed by R 1 and R 2 taken together with the nitrogen atom bonding to them, is preferably an azetidine ring optionally having substituent(s), a pyrrolidine ring optionally having substituent(s), a piperidine ring optionally having substituent(s); more preferably an azetidinyl group optionally having substituent(s), a pyrrolidinyl group optionally having substituent(s).
- the optional substituent(s) preferred are the substituents selected from the group consisting of the group ⁇ .
- Preferred examples of the compounds of the invention are:
- the compounds of formula [I] may be produced, for example, according to the following production methods. However, the production methods for the compounds of the invention are not limited to these reaction examples.
- Production Method 1 is for obtaining a compound of a formula [IV-a] by condensing a compound of a formula [IIa] and a compound of a formula [IIIa] according to Mitsunobu reaction.
- X 1 p and X 2 p each represent a methine optionally having substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of the group ⁇ , Dp, or a nitrogen atom; any one of X 1 and X 2 is Dp, and the other is a methine optionally having substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of the group ⁇ , or a nitrogen atom
- Dp represents the following formula (a) or (b): (wherein Arp represents an aromatic carbocyclic group optionally having substituent(s), an aromatic heterocyclic group optionally having substituent(s), or an aliphatic carbocyclic group optionally having substituent(s); y 1 p represents a single bond, -O-, -NR-, -S-,
- the azodicarbonyl compound includes dimethyl azodicarboxylate, diethyl azodicarboxylate, diisopropyl azodicarboxylate, di-t-butyl azodicarboxylate, 1,1'-(azodicarbonyl)dipiperidide et al;
- the triaryl phosphine includes triphenyl phosphine, tritolyl phosphine et al;
- the trialkyl phosphine includes triethyl phosphine, tributyl phosphine, trioctyl phosphine et al.
- the amount of the compound of formula [IIIa] to be used may be from 1 mol to 3 mol relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IIa], preferably from 1 mol to 1.5 mols.
- the amount of the azodicarbonyl compound may be from 1 mol to 5 mols relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IIa], preferably from 1 mol to 3 mols, and the amount of the organophosphorus compound may be from 1 mol to 5 mols relative to one mol of the compound of formula [IIa], preferably from 1 mol to 3 mols.
- the reaction solvent includes halogenocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-heptane, n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran (hereinafter referred to as "THF”), dioxane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; esters such as methyl acetate, ethyl acetate; acetonitrile, N-methylpyrrolidone (hereinafter referred to as "NMP"), N,N'-dimethylformamide (hereinafter referred to as "DMF”), dimethyl sulfoxide (hereinafter referred to as "DMSO”) et al; and their mixed solvents.
- halogenocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dich
- the reaction temperature may be from 0°C to 100°C, preferably from 0°C to 50°C; and in general, the reaction takes 2 hours to 24 hours.
- Production method 2 is for obtaining a compound of a formula [IV-a] by condensing a compound of a formula [IIa] with a compound of a formula [IIIb].
- Q 1 represents a halogen such as chlorine, bromine; a leaving group such as a benzenesulfonyloxy group, a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group, a methanesulfonyloxy group;
- W 1 , Rb, X 1 p, X 2 p, X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 and X 8 have the same meanings as above.
- a compound of formula [IIa] is condensed with a compound of formula [IIIb] in a reaction solvent in the presence of a base to obtain a compound of formula [IV-a].
- the base includes inorganic bases such as cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, cesium fluoride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide; organic bases such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide.
- inorganic bases such as cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, cesium fluoride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide
- organic bases such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide.
- the amount of the compound of formula [IIa] to be used may be from 1 to 5 mols relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IIIb], preferably from 1 to 3 mols.
- the amount of the base to be used may be from 1 to 3 mols relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IIa], preferably from 1 to 2 mols.
- the reaction solvent includes halogenocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-heptane, n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, THF, dioxane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; acetonitrile, NMP, DMF, DMSO et al; and their mixed solvents.
- halogenocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride
- aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-heptane, n-hexane
- aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene
- ethers such as diethyl ether, THF, dioxane, ethylene glycol di
- the reaction temperature may be from 0°C to 300°C, preferably from 20°C to 150°C; and in general, the reaction takes 30 minutes to 24 hours.
- the reactants when the reactants have a functional group not participating in the reaction, such as an amino group, an imino group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an oxo group or a carbonyl group, then the functional group may be suitably protected with a protective group, and the protective group may be removed after the reaction.
- a functional group not participating in the reaction such as an amino group, an imino group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an oxo group or a carbonyl group
- the protective group for amino group and imino group is not specifically limited, and includes, for example, an aralkyl group such as a benzyl group, a p-methoxybenzyl group, a 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl group, an o-nitrobenzyl group, a p-nitrobenzyl group, a benzhydryl group, a trityl group; a lower alkanoyl group such as a formyl group, an acetyl group, a propionyl group, a butyryl group, a pivaloyl group; an arylalkanoyl group such as a benzoyl group, a phenylacetyl group, a phenoxyacetyl group; a lower alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propyloxycarbonyl group; a tert-butoxycarbony
- the protective group for hydroxyl group is not specifically limited, and includes, for example, a lower alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group; a lower alkylsilyl group such as a trimethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group; a lower alkoxymethyl group such as a methoxymethyl group, a 2-methoxyethoxymethyl group; a tetrahydropyranyl group; a trimethylsilylethoxymethyl group; an aralkyl group such as a benzyl group, a p-methoxybenzyl group, a 2,3-dimethoxybenzyl group, an o-nitrobenzyl group, a p-nitrobenzyl group, a trityl group; an acyl group such as a formyl group, an tert-
- a methyl group a methoxymethyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, a trityl group, a trimethylsilylethoxymethyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group, an acetyl group et al.
- the carboxyl-protective group may be any one having its function, and includes, for example, a lower alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group; a lower haloalkyl group such as a 2,2,2-trichloroethyl group; a lower alkenyl group such as a 2-propenyl group; an aralkyl group such as a benzyl group, a p-methoxybenzyl group, a p-nitrobenzyl group, a benzhydryl group, a trityl group et al.
- a lower alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group
- a lower haloalkyl group such as a 2,2,2-trichloroe
- a methyl group an ethyl group, a tert-butyl group, a 2-propenyl group, a benzyl group, a p-methoxybenzyl group, a benzhydryl group et al.
- the protective group for oxo group and carbonyl group may be any one having its function, and includes, for example, acetals and ketals such as ethylene ketal, trimethyl ketal, dimethyl ketal et al.
- the removal of the protective group though differing depending on the type of the protective group and the stability of the product compound [I], may be attained, for example, through solvolysis with acid or base, for example, according to methods described in literature [see Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W.
- a compound of a formula [I-1P] when Rb is the formula (B) and Z 3 p is a single bond, or that is, when the compound is a formula [IV-b], then a compound of a formula [I-1P] may be obtained according to the following method. The obtained compound may be led to a compound of formula [I] according to the production method 3.
- R 1 p, R 2 p, W, P 2 , Lp, Z 2 p, X 1 p, X 2 p, X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 and X 8 have the same meanings as above.
- the protective group P 2 in a compound of formula [IV-b] is removed to give a compound of formula [IV-c], and subsequently, the compound of formula [IV-c] is reacted with a compound of formula [Va] according to the production method 1 to give a compound of formula [I-1P], and further, when the compound has a protective group, the compound is deprotected according to the production method 3 to obtain the intended compound.
- Q 2 and Q 3 are the same or different, each representing a halogen such as chlorine or bromine, or a leaving group such as a benzenesulfonyloxy group, a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group, a methanesulfonyloxy group;
- Lp, Z 2 p, W, R 1 p, R 2 p, X 1 p, X 2 p, X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 and X 8 have the same meanings as above.
- a compound of formula [IV-c] is condensed with a compound of formula [Vb] in a reaction solvent in the presence of a base to give a compound of formula [IV-d]
- the compound of formula [IV-d] is reacted with an amine derivative of formula [Vc] in the presence of a base to give a compound of formula [I-1P].
- the base includes amines such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, tetrabutylammonium fluoride; inorganic bases such as cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide; and organic bases such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide.
- amines such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, tetrabutylammonium fluoride
- inorganic bases such as cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide
- organic bases such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide.
- the amount of the base to be used may be from 1 mol to an excessive molar amount relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [Vb], preferably from 2 mols to 10 mols.
- the amount of the compound of formula [Vb] to be used may be from 1 mol to an excessive molar amount relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IV-c], preferably from 5 mols to 20 mols.
- the reaction solvent includes halogenocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-heptane, n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, THF, dioxane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; acetonitrile, NMP, DMF, DMSO et al; and their mixed solvents.
- halogenocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride
- aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-heptane, n-hexane
- aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene
- ethers such as diethyl ether, THF, dioxane, ethylene glycol di
- the reaction temperature may be from 0°C to 200°C, preferably from 50°C to 150°C, and in general, the reaction takes 2 hours to 24 hours.
- the compound of formula [Vb] may be a commercially-available reagent, including, for example, 1,2-dibromoethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1-bromo-2-chloroethane, 1-chloro-2-iodoethane, 1,2-diiodoethane, 1-chloro-3-iodopropane, 1-bromo-3-iodopropane, 1,3-dibromopropane, 1,3-dichloropropane, 1-bromo-3-chloropropane et al.
- the base includes inorganic bases such as cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate.
- the amount of the base may be from 1 mol to an excessive molar amount relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IV-d], preferably from 2 mols to 10 mols.
- the amount of the compound of formula [Vc] to be used may be from 1 mol to an excessive molar amount relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IV-d], preferably from 5 mols to 20 mols.
- the reaction solvent includes halogenocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-heptane, n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, THF, dioxane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; acetonitrile, NMP, DMF, DMSO et al; and their mixed solvents.
- halogenocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride
- aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-heptane, n-hexane
- aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene
- ethers such as diethyl ether, THF, dioxane, ethylene glycol di
- the reaction temperature may be from 0°C to 200°C, preferably from 20°C to 150°C, and in general, the reaction takes 30 minutes to 12 hours.
- the compound of formula [Vc] includes dimethylamine, diethylamine, di-n-propylamine, N-ethylmethylamine, N-methyl-n-propylamine, N-methyl-isopropylamine, N-ethyl-n-propylamine, N-ethyl-isopropylamine, aziridine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, N-methylpiperazine, morpholine, methylamine, ethylamine, n-propylamine, isopropylamine, cyclopropylamine, n-butylamine, sec-butylamine, tert-butylamine, cyclopropanemethylamine et al.
- a compound of formula [IV-a] when Dp is (b), or that is, a compound of formula [IV-d] may be converted into a compound of formula [IV-f] according to the following method.
- J represents a hydroxyl group, or a halogen such as chlorine or bromine, or a leaving group such as a benzenesulfonyloxy group, a p-toluenesulfonyloxy group, a methanesulfonyloxy group;
- P 1 , Rb, Arp, y 1 p, y 2 p, W 1 , X 1 p, X 2 p, X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 and X 8 have the same meanings as above.
- the base includes inorganic bases such as cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide; organic bases such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, preferably cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydroxide.
- inorganic bases such as cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide
- organic bases such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, preferably cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydroxide.
- the amount of the base to be used may be from 1 mol to an excessive molar amount relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IVe], preferably from 1 mol to 4 mols.
- the reaction solvent includes halogenocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-heptane, n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, THF, dioxane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; acetonitrile, NMP, DMF, DMSO et al; and their mixed solvents.
- halogenocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride
- aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-heptane, n-hexane
- aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene
- ethers such as diethyl ether, THF, dioxane, ethylene glycol di
- the reaction temperature may be generally from -20°C to 200°C, preferably from 0°C to 100°C, and in general, the reaction takes 2 hours to 24 hours.
- the protective group may be removed to give a compound of formula [I].
- the production method 6 is for obtaining a compound of formula [VI-a] by condensing a compound of formula [IIb] and a compound of formula [IIIb].
- Rb, W 1 , Q 1 , X 1 p, X 2 p, X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 and X 8 have the same meanings as above.
- a compound of formula [IIb] is condensed with a compound of formula [IIIb] in a reaction solvent in the presence of a base to give a compound of formula [VIa].
- the base includes amines such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, tetrabutylammonium fluoride; inorganic bases such as cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide; organic bases such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide.
- amines such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, tetrabutylammonium fluoride
- inorganic bases such as cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide
- organic bases such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide.
- the amount of the compound of formula [IIb] to be used may be from 1 mol to 2 mols relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IIIb], preferably from 1 mol to 1.5 mols.
- the amount of the base to be used may be from 1 mol to 3 mols relative 1 mol of the compound of formula [IIb], preferably from 1 mol to 2 mols.
- the reaction solvent includes halogenocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-heptane, n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, THF, dioxane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; acetonitrile, NMP, DMF, DMSO et al; and their mixed solvents.
- halogenocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride
- aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-heptane, n-hexane
- aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene
- ethers such as diethyl ether, THF, dioxane, ethylene glycol di
- the reaction temperature may be from -20°C to 200°C, preferably from 0°C to 100°C, and in general, the reaction takes 5 minutes to 12 hours.
- a compound of formula [IIb] and a compound of formula [IIIa] are reacted according to the production method 1 to give a compound of formula [VI-a].
- Rb, W 1 , X 1 p, X 2 p, X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 and X 8 have the same meanings as above.
- the production method 8 provides a production method for a compound of formula [I] where Z 1 is a carbon atom, or that is, a compound of formula [I-2P].
- k 1 indicates 0 or an integer of from 1 to 3; W, R 1 p, R 2 p, R 4 , P 2 , X 1 p, X 2 p, X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 and X 8 have the same meanings as above.]
- an alcohol obtained through removal of the hydroxyl-protective group P 2 in a compound of formula [VII-a] is mesylated (or tosylated or halogenated for leaving group introduction) in a conventional known method; then the obtained compound is reacted with an amine derivative of a formula [Vc] in the presence of a base to give a compound of formula [I-2P].
- the removal of the hydroxyl protective group P 2 , the mesylation (or leaving group introduction) may be attained in a conventional known method.
- a compound of formula [VII-a] ([VII-a1] or [VII-a2]) may be obtained by condensing a compound of formula [IIa] or [IIb] with a compound of formula [VIIIa] or [VIIIa] as in the production method 9.
- a compound of formula [IIa] or [IIb] with a compound of formula [VIIIa] or [VIIIa] as in the production method 9.
- the reaction condition referred to are those for the above-mentioned production methods.
- ADDP is an abbreviation for 1,1'-(azodicarbonyl)dipiperidide
- R 3 is the same or different, representing a hydrogen atom or a group selected from the group ⁇
- R 4 has the same meaning as R 3
- k2 has the same meaning as k1
- Q 1 , X 1 p, X 2 p, X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 , X 8 , P 2 and K1 has the same meanings as above.
- a compound of formula [IIa], a compound of formula [IIb] or their derivatives may be produced according to the following production methods:
- a compound 1 described in Tetrahedron (2004), 60(31), 6461-6474 is reacted with a compound 2, in methylene chloride in the presence of molecular sieves (MS-4A) along with copper acetate and triethylamine at room temperature to give a compound 3 .
- the compound 3 is reacted in acetonitrile with trichlorosilane and sodium iodide at 0°C to room temperature to give a compound 4 .
- the compound 2 may be a commercial reagent, or may be prepared according to the method described in Examples.
- a compound 5 described in J.O.C. (1988), 57(7), 1367-1371 is condensed with a compound 6 in N-methylpyrrolidone in the presence of cesium carbonate with a catalyst of copper chloride at 120°C to give a compound 3 . Further, the compound 3 is processed according to the production method 9 to give a compound 4.
- the compound 6 may be a commercial reagent, or may be prepared according to the method described in Examples.
- a compound 7 is reacted with phosphorus oxychloride under reflux to give a compound 8 .
- the compound 8 is reacted with m-chloroperbenzoic acid (mCPBA) in chloroform at room temperature to give a compound 9.
- mCPBA m-chloroperbenzoic acid
- TFAA trifluoroacetic acid anhydride
- the compound 7 used in the production method 10c may be prepared according to the following method: [In the formula, Arp has the same meaning as above.]
- a compound of formula [IIIa], a compound of formula [IIIb], their derivative and compounds of formula [VIII] can be prepared according to the following production methods.
- Production Method 11 [In the formula, R 5 represents a lower alkyl group; X 5 , X 6 , X 7 , X 8 , R 3 , R 4 , P 2 , Q 1 , k1 and k2 have the same meanings as above.]
- R 1 p, R 2 p, R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , X 5 , X 6 , X 7 , X 8 , k1, k2 and Q 1 have the same meanings as above.
- the hydroxyl group of a compound of a formula [IX] is processed according to the production method 8 to give a compound of a formula (3a') via a compound of a formula [IXb].
- the ester moiety in the compound of formula (3a') is reduced, for example, with LAH to give a compound of a formula [IIIa], and optionally it may be converted into a compound of a formula [IIIb].
- the compounds of formula [I] obtained according to the above-mentioned methods may be readily isolated and purified in any conventional known separation method.
- the method includes, for example, solvent extraction, recrystallization, column chromatography, liquid chromatography, or preparative thin-layer chromatography.
- the compounds of the invention may be in any form of stereoisomers and tautomers such as optical isomers, diastereomers, geometrical isomers; and the compounds of the invention include all those stereoisomers and tautomers and their mixtures.
- a human MCH-1R encoding cDNA sequence [ FEBS Letters, Vol. 398, 253 (1996 ); Biochimica et Biophisica Acta, Vol. 1401, 216 (1998 )] was cloned to a plasmid vector pEF/myc/cyto (Invitrogen Corporation).
- the obtained expression vector was transfected to host cells CHO-K1 (American Type Culture Collection) using Lipofectamine Plus Reagent (Life Technology Inc.) to provide MCH-1R expression cells.
- Membrane samples prepared from the MCH-1R expression cells were incubated with each test compound and 50 pM of [ 125 I]MCH (NEN Co.), in an assay buffer (50 mM Tris buffer comprising 10 mM magnesium chloride, 2 mM ethylenediamine tetraacetate, 0.01 % bacitracin and 0.2 % bovine serum albumin; pH 7.4) at 25°C for an hour, followed by filtration through a glass filter GF/C (Wattman Co.).
- an assay buffer 50 mM Tris buffer comprising 10 mM magnesium chloride, 2 mM ethylenediamine tetraacetate, 0.01 % bacitracin and 0.2 % bovine serum albumin; pH 7.4
- the compounds of the invention has an MCH-1R antagonistic effect, and are useful as a preventive or a remedy for metabolic disorders such as obesity, diabetes, hormone disorder, hyperlipidemia, gout, fatty liver, hepatitis, cirrhosis; cardiovascular disorders such as stenocardia, acute or congestive heart failure, myocardial infarction, coronary atherosclerosis, hypertension, renal diseases, electrolyte abnormality; central and peripheral nervous system disorders such as bulimia, emotional disturbance, depression, anxiety, epilepsy, delirium, dementia, schizophrenia, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, memory impairment, sleep disorders, cognitive failure, dyskinesia, paresthesias, smell disorders, morphine tolerance, drug dependence, alcoholism; reproductive disorders such as infertility, preterm labor and sexual dysfunction; and other digestive disorders, respiratory disorders, cancer or pigmentation; especially as a preventive or a remedy for obesity.
- metabolic disorders such as obesity, diabetes, hormone disorder, hyperlipidemia, gout, fatty liver, hepati
- the compound of the invention can be orally or parenterally administered, and can be formulated into preparations suitable to the administration thereof, which may be used as a preventive or a remedy for metabolic disorders such as obesity, diabetes, hormone disorder, hyperlipidemia, gout, fatty liver, hepatitis, cirrhosis; cardiovascular disorders such as stenocardia, acute or congestive heart failure, myocardial infarction, coronary atherosclerosis, hypertension, renal diseases, electrolyte abnormality; central and peripheral nervous system disorders such as bulimia, emotional disturbance, depression, anxiety, epilepsy, delirium, dementia, schizophrenia, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, memory impairment, sleep disorders, cognitive failure, dyskinesia, paresthesias, smell disorders, morphine tolerance, drug dependence, alcoholism; reproductive disorders such as infertility, preterm labor and sexual dysfunction; and other digestive disorders, respiratory disorders, cancer or pigmentation; especially as a preventive or a remedy for obesity.
- metabolic disorders such as obesity, diabetes, hormone disorder,
- the compound of the invention may be formulated into various preparations along with a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier added thereto generally in accordance with the administration route thereof, and the thus-formulated pharmaceutical composition may be administered.
- a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier added thereto generally in accordance with the administration route thereof, and the thus-formulated pharmaceutical composition may be administered.
- the carriers usable are various conventional additives known in the field of pharmaceutical preparations.
- they include gelatin, lactose, white sugar, titanium oxide, starch, crystalline cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, corn starch, microcrystalline wax, white petrolatum, magnesium aluminate metasilicate, anhydrous calcium phosphate, citric acid, trisodium citrate, hydroxypropyl cellulose, sorbitol, sorbitan fatty acid esters, polysorbate, sucrose fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene, hardened castor oil, polyvinylpyrrolidone, magnesium stearate, light silicic anhydride, talc, vegetable oils, benzyl alcohol, gum arabic, propylene glycol, polyalkylene glycol, cyclodextrin and hydroxypropylcyclodextrin et al.
- Preparations to be formed of a mixture of the carrier and a compound of the invention include, for example, solid preparations such as tablets, capsules, granules, powders and suppositories; and liquid preparations such as syrups, elixirs and injections. These may be formulated according to conventional methods known in the field of pharmaceutical preparations.
- the liquid preparations may also be in such a form that may be dissolved or suspended in water or in any other suitable medium in their use.
- the preparations may be dissolved or suspended in physiological saline or glucose liquid, and a buffer or a preservative may be optionally added thereto.
- the pharmaceutical compositions may contain a compound of the invention in an amount of from 1.0 to 100 % by weight, preferably from 1.0 to 60 % by weight of the composition, and may contain a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier in an amount of from 0 to 99.9 % by weight, preferably from 40 to 99.0 % by weight.
- the compositions may further contain any other therapeutically-effective compound, for example, a remedial agent for diabetes, a remedial agent for hypertension, a remedial agent for arteriosclerosis.
- the dose and the dosing frequency may be varied, depending on the sex, the age, the body weight and the disease condition of the patient and on the type and the range of the intended remedial effect.
- the dose may be from 0.001 to 50 mg/kg of body weight/day, and it may be administered at a time or in a few times.
- the dose is preferably from about 0.01 to about 25 mg/kg/day, more preferably from about 0.05 to about 10 mg/kg/day.
- the compounds of the invention can be used in combination with drugs effective for hypertension, obesity-associated hypertension, hypertension-associated diseases, hypertrophy, left ventricular hypertrophy, metabolic disorders, obesity, obesity-associated diseases and the like (hereafter referred to as "co-drugs").
- drugs can be administered simultaneously, separately or in succession, for prevention or treatment of the above-mentioned diseases.
- a compound of the invention When a compound of the invention is used simultaneously with one, two or more of co-drugs, they may be formulated into a medical preparation suited for single administration form.
- a composition containing a compound of the invention and a co-drug may be administered to the object of medication in different packages, either simultaneously, separately or successively. They may be administered at time intervals.
- the dose of the co-drug may be determined in accordance with the clinically adopted dose thereof, which can be suitably selected according to the individual object of medication, the administration route, the specific disease, the combination of drugs, and the like.
- the form of the co-drug for administration is not specifically limited, and it may be combined with a compound of the invention when they are administered.
- the administration mode includes, for example, the following: (1) A compound of the invention is combined with a co-drug to give a single preparation for single administration; (2) a compound of the invention and a co-drug are separately formulated into different two preparations, and the two preparations are simultaneously administered in one administration route; (3) a compound of the invention and a co-drug are separately formulated into different two preparations, and they are administered at different times in one and the same administration route; (4) a compound of the invention and a co-drug are separately formulated into different two preparations, and they are administered at the same time in two different administration routes; (5) a compound of the invention and a co-drug are separately formulated into different two preparations, and they are administered at different times in different administration routes (for example, a compound of the invention and a co-drug are administered in that order, or in an order contrary to this).
- the blend ratio of the compound of the invention and the co-drug may be suitably determined depending on the administration object, the administration route, and the disease for
- co-drugs usable in the invention include, for example, "drugs for diabetes”, “drugs for hyperlipidemia”, “drugs for hypertension”, “anti-obesity drugs”. Two or more such co-drugs may be combined in an adequate ratio and used.
- “Drugs for diabetes” include, for example,
- Drugs for hyperlipidemia include, for example,
- “Drugs for hypertension” include, for example,
- Anti-obesity drugs include, for example,
- combination drugs are obtained by concurrent use of a compound of the invention with one, two or more of the above co-drugs. Furthermore, the combination drugs are useful for prevention or therapy of metabolic disorders, when combined with one, two or more drugs selected from the group consisting of diabetes-treating agents and hyperlipidemia-treating agents. Combinations containing, in particular, hypertension-treating agent and anti-obesity agent are useful for prevention or treatment for metabolic disorders with synergistic effect, when diabetes-treating agent and/or hyperlipidemia-treating agent are added thereto.
- a microwave organic synthesis device used was Initiator TM 60 (Biotage Japan).
- silica gel for columns used was Wakogel TM C-200 or C-300 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries); as a filled silica gel column, used was a FLASH+ TM cartridge, KP-Sil FLASH12+M, FLASH25+M or FLASH40+M (Biotage Japan); as a reversed-phase column for HPLC, used was YMC-Pack TM pro C-18 (YMC); as a chiral column for HPLC, used were CHIRALPAK TM AD, CHIRALPAK TM AS, CHIRALPAK TM IA, CHIRALCEL TM OD, CHIRALCEL TM OJ (Daicel Chemical).
- Quattro II Quattro II (Micromass).
- N-butyl lithium (2.6 M n-hexane solution, 12.75 mL) was added to a THF solution (80 mL) of benzyl alcohol (5.21 mL, 50.0 mmol) at 0°C, then stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes.
- the reaction liquid was gradually added to a tetrahydrofuran suspension (80 mL) of 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (5.00 g, 34.0 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours.
- saturated saline was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered.
- the obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then a solution obtained by adding, with cooling with ice, n-butyllithium (2.6 M n-hexane solution, 19.05 mL) to a THF (80 mL) solution of allyl alcohol (4.80 mL, 70 mmol) followed by stirring for 30 minutes was dropwise added to a solution of the residue dissolved in THF (80 mL), with cooling with ice over 40 minutes, and then stirred at room temperature for 13 hours. Next, saturated saline was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with water and saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered.
- Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (25 mg, 0.023 mmol) and aqueous 2 N sodium carbonate solution (0.5 mL) were added to a DME (3.3 mL) solution of 2-fluoro-4-iodopyridine (100 mg, 0.45 mmol) and 2-naphthylboronic acid (117 mg, 0.68 mmol), and irradiated with microwaves (120°C, 10 minutes). Next, water was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate.
- Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (492 mg, 0.45 mmol) and aqueous 2 N sodium carbonate solution (10 mL) were added to an ethylene glycol dimethyl ether (hereinafter referred to as "DME") (66 mL) solution of 2-fluoro-3-iodopyridine (2.00 g, 8.97 mmol) and 4-(phenoxyphenyl)boronic acid (2.50 g, 11.66 g), and heated under reflux for 12 hours. Water was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.
- DME ethylene glycol dimethyl ether
- 2,6-Dimethylheptane-3,5-dione (0.019 mL, 0.085 mmol), copper(I) chloride (43 mg, 0.43 mmol) and cesium carbonate (554 mg, 1.70 mmol) were added to an NMP (2 mL) solution of 3-iodo-2-methoxypyridine (200 mg, 0.85 mmol), and stirred for 2.5 days in the presence of nitrogen at 120°C. Aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, then the insoluble matter was removed by filtration through Celite, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate.
- Tetraethylammonium cyanide (3.8 g, 24.3 mmol) was added to a DMF solution (50 mL) of 4-bromo-1-(bromomethyl)-2-fluorobenzene (5.0 g, 18.7 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 19.5 hours. Next, aqueous saturated ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.
- tert-butyl(chloro)dimethylsilane (678 mg, 4.5 mmol) and imidazole (306 mg, 4.5 mmol) were added to a THF solution (10 mL) of 2-(4-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)ethanol (894 mg, 4.1 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 4 hours.
- Aqueous saturated ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with saturated saline, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.
- Tributyl(vinyl)stannane (2.34 mL, 7.99 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (385 mg, 0.33 mmol) were added to a DMF solution (20 mL) of tert-butyl (4-bromobenzyl)methylcarbamate (2.0 g, 6.66 mmol) ( WO00/014109 ), and stirred overnight at 80°C in the presence of nitrogen. Saturated saline was added to the reaction liquid, then extracted with ether. Aqueous 5 wt.% sodium fluoride solution was added to the obtained organic layer, then stirred at room temperature for 4 hours.
- Example 2 In the same manner as in Example 1 but changing 4-[(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one and 2-[4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl]ethanol used in Example 1 to corresponding compounds of Reference Examples or known compounds, the compounds of Examples 2 to 13 were obtained.
- Example 15 to 41 In the same manner as in Example 14 but changing the compound of Reference Example 3 and the compound of Reference Example 21 used in Example 14-(1) to corresponding compounds of Reference Examples and changing diethylamine used in Example 14-(4) to corresponding known amine compounds, the compounds of Examples 15 to 41 were obtained.
- Isopropylamine (0.085 mL, 1.0 mmol) was added to an NMP solution (3 mL) of the compound of Example 14-(3) (40.0 mg, 0.10 mmol), and irradiated with microwaves (150°C, 50 minutes).
- Aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.
- Example 14-(1) to Example 14-(3) The same process as in Example 14-(1) to Example 14-(3) was carried out except that the compound of Reference Example 3 and the compound of Reference Example 21 used in Example 14-(1) were changed to corresponding compounds of Reference Examples, and subsequently, the same process as in Example 42 was carried out except that the obtained compound was used in place of the compound of Example 14-(3) used in Example 42 to obtain the compounds of Examples 43 to 53.
- Example 57-(1) In the same manner as in Example 55 but changing acetone used in Example 55 to ⁇ [tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy ⁇ acetaldehyde, the compound of Example 57-(1) was obtained. Mass Spectrum (ESI): 551.5 (M+H).
- 2-fluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (28.0 mg, 0.14 mmol) was added to an acetonitrile solution (5 mL) of the compound of Example 54 (50.0 mg, 0.13 mmol) and potassium carbonate (27.0 mg, 0.20 mmol), and stirred overnight at 0°C to room temperature.
- aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.
- Example 14-(1) In the same manner as in Example 14-(1) but changing the compound of Reference Example 21 used in Example 14-(1) to the compound of Reference Example 23, obtained was tert-butyl 2-(4- ⁇ 2-[4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]-2-oxopyridin-1(2H)-yl]ethyl ⁇ phenyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate.
- Example 54-(2) but changing the compound used in Example 54-(2) to the above compound, the compound of Example 60 was obtained.
- Example 61 In the same manner as in Example 55 but changing acetone used in Example 55 to aqueous 35 % formaldehyde solution and changing the compound of Example 54 to the compound of Example 60, obtained was the compound of Example 61.
- Example 62 In the same manner as in Example 59 but changing 2-fluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate used in Example 59 to iodoethane and changing the compound of Example 54 to the compound of Example 60, obtained was the compound of Example 62.
- Example 72 In the same manner as in Example 63 but changing the compound of Reference Example 24 used in Example 63 to the compound of Reference Example 25, obtained was the compound of Example 72.
- Example 73 In the same manner as in Example 55 but changing acetone used in Example 55 to corresponding carbonyl compounds and changing the compound of Example 54 to the compound of Example 72, obtained were the compounds of Examples 73 to 76.
- Example 59 In the same manner as in Example 59 but changing 2-fluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate used in Example 59 to corresponding alkylating agents and changing the compound of Example 54 to the compound of Example 72, obtained were the compounds of Examples 77 to 79.
- Example 80 In the same manner as in Example 14-(3) and 14-(4) but changing the compound used in Example 14-(3) to the compound obtained in the above (2), the compound of Example 80 was obtained.
- Example 81 In the same manner as in Example 80 but changing diethylamine used in Example 80-(3) to azetidine, the compound of Example 81 was obtained.
- Example 82-(1) In the same manner as in Example 14-(1) but changing the compound of Reference Example 21 used in Example 14-(1) to the compound of Reference Example 27 and changing the compound of Reference Example 3 to the compound of Reference Example 2, obtained was the compound of Example 82-(1).
- Example 82 In the same manner as in Example 14-(3) and 14-(4) but changing the compound used in Example 14-(3) to the compound obtained in the above (2), the compound of Example 82 was obtained.
- Example 83 In the same manner as in Example 82 but changing diethylamine used in Example 82-(3) to N-methylpropylamine, the compound of Example 83 was obtained.
- Trifluoroacetic acid (3.7 mL) and water (0.37 mL) were added to a chloroform solution (7.4 mL) of the compound obtained in the above (1) (371 mg, 0.91 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours.
- the reaction liquid was concentrated under reduced pressure, then aqueous saturated ammonium chloride solution was added, and extracted with chloroform.
- the obtained organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.
- the obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then with cooling with ice, methylmagnesium bromide (3 M ether solution, 1.5 mL) was added to a THF solution (10 mL) of the residue, and stirred overnight at 0°C to room temperature.
- Example 84 In the same manner as in Example 82-(3) but changing diethylamine used in Example 82-(3) to pyrrolidine, the compound of Example 84 was obtained.
- methylmagnesium bromide (1.0 M THF solution, 8.0 ml, 8.0 mmol) was dropwise added to a THF (60 ml) solution of the compound obtained in the above (1) (682.9 mg, 1.85 mmol), stirred for 2 hours, then heated up to room temperature, and stirred for 16 hours.
- aqueous 10 % hydrochloric acid solution was added to the reaction liquid, extracted with ethyl acetate, the obtained organic layer was washed with saturated saline, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.
- Example 85 In the same manner as in Example 82-(3) but changing the compound used in Example 82-(3) to the compound obtained in the above (2), the compound of Example 85 was obtained.
- Example 85 In the same manner as in Example 85 but changing diethylamine used in Example 85-(3) to corresponding amine compounds, the compounds of Examples 86 and 87 were obtained.
- Example 89 In the same manner as in Example 85 but changing methylmagnesium bromide used in Example 85-(2) to ethylmagnesium bromide, the compound of Example 89 was obtained.
- Example 90 In the same manner as in Example 1 but changing the compound of Reference Example 16 used in Example 1 to 2-(diethylamino)ethanol and changing the compound of Reference Example 2 to the compound obtained in the above (2), the compound of Example 90 was obtained.
- Example 91 In the same manner as in Example 90 but changing 2-(diethylamino)ethanol used in Example 90-(3) to 2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethanol, the compound of Example 91 was obtained.
- Example 92-(1) In the same manner as in Example 1 but changing the compound of Reference Example 16 used in Example 1 to 2-[4-(2- ⁇ [tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy ⁇ ethyl)phenyl]ethanol ( WO98/43956 ), the compound of Example 92-(1) was obtained. Mass Spectrum (ESI): 482.1 (M+H).
- Example 92 In the same manner as in Example 14-(4) but changing the compound used in Example 14-(4) to the compound obtained in the above (3), the compound of Example 92 was obtained.
- Example 93 In the same manner as in Example 92 but changing diethylamine used in Example 92-(3) to pyrrolidine, the compound of Example 93 was obtained.
- Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (7 mg, 0.008 mmol), BINAP (14 mg, 0.02 mmol), pyrrolidine (0.025 mL, 0.30 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (34 mg, 0.35 mmol) were added to a toluene solution (5 ml) of the compound obtained in the above (1) (100 mg, 0.25 mmol), and stirred overnight at 80°C in the presence of nitrogen. Next, aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered.
- Example 95 In the same manner as in Example 94 but changing pyrrolidine used in Example 94-(2) to N,N-dimethylpyrrolidine-3-amine, the compound of Example 95 was obtained.
- Example 14-(3) and 14-(4) In the same manner as in Example 14-(3) and 14-(4) but changing the compound used in Example 14-(3) to the compound obtained in the above (2) and changing diethylamine used in Example 14-(4) to N-methylpropylamine, obtained was the compound of Example 96.
- Example 96-(3) In the same manner as in Example 96 but changing N-methylpropylamine used in Example 96-(3) to corresponding amine compounds, obtained were the compounds of Examples 97 to 99.
- Example 100 In the same manner as in Example 96 but changing the compound of Reference Example 28 used in Example 96-(1) to the compound of Reference Example 29 and changing N-methylpropylamine used in Example 96-(3) to diethylamine, the compound of Example 100 was obtained.
- Example 55 In the same manner as in Example 55 but changing acetone used in Example 55 to corresponding carbonyl compounds and changing the compound of Example 54 to the compound of Example 43 or the compound of Example 44, obtained were the compounds of Examples 105 to 107.
- Example 109 In the same manner as in Example 59 but changing 2-fluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate used in Example 59 to iodoethane and changing the compound of Example 54 to the compound of Example 43 or the compound of Example 44, obtained were the compounds of Examples 108 and 109.
- Example 110 In the same manner as in Example 14-(3) and 14-(4) but changing the compound used in Example 14-(3) to the compound obtained in the above (2), the compound of Example 110 was obtained.
- Example 111 In the same manner as in Example 42 but changing the compound of Example 14-(3) used in Example 42 to the compound obtained in the above (2) and changing isopropylamine to propylamine, the compound of Example 111 was obtained.
- Example 112 In the same manner as in Example 111 but changing propylamine used in Example 111-(3) to cyclopropylamine, the compound of Example 112 was obtained.
- Example 113 In the same manner as in Example 96-(2) and 96-(3) but changing the compound used in Example 96-(2) to the compound obtained in the above (1) and changing N-methylpropylamine used in Example 96-(3) to azetidine, the compound of Example 113 was obtained.
- Example 114-(1) In the same manner as in Example 14-(1) but changing the compound of Reference Example 3 used in Example 14-(1) to the compound of Reference Example 6 and changing the compound of Reference Example 21 to methyl [4-(bromomethyl)phenyl]acetate [ Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (1989), 32(3), 709-15 ], the compound of Example 114-(1) was obtained. Mass Spectrum (ESI): 398.1 (M+H).
- Example 114 In the same manner as in Example 14-(4) but changing the compound used in Example 14-(4) to the compound obtained in the above (3) and changing diethylamine to azetidine, the compound of Example 114 was obtained.
- Example 115 In the same manner as in Example 114 but changing azetidine used in Example 114-(4) to pyrrolidine, the compound of Example 115 was obtained.
- Example 114-(3) The compound of Example 114-(3) (49.0 mg, 0.11 mmol) was dissolved in NMP (1.0 ml), then methylamine (100 ⁇ l, 1.20 mmol) was added, and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Next, water was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. the obtained organic layer was washed with water and saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered.
- Example 117 to 123 In the same manner as in Example 116 but changing methylamine used in Example 116 to corresponding amine compounds, the compounds of Examples 117 to 123 were obtained.
- Example 124 In the same manner as in Example 116 but changing the compound of Reference Example 114-(3) used in Example 116 to the compound obtained in the above (1) and changing methylamine to propylamine, the compound of Example 124 was obtained.
- Example 125 In the same manner as in Example 124 but changing propylamine used in Example 124 to cyclopropylamine, the compound of Example 125 was obtained.
- Example 126-(1) In the same manner as in Examples 114-(1) to 114-(3) but changing methyl [4-(bromomethyl)phenyl]acetate used in Example 114-(1) to the compound of Reference Example 33, obtained was the compound of Example 126-(1).
- Example 126 In the same manner as in Example 114-(4) but changing the compound used in Example 114-(4) to the compound obtained in the above (1), the compound of Example 126 was obtained.
- Example 127 In the same manner as in Example 126 but changing azetidine used in Example 126-(2) to pyrrolidine, the compound of Example 127 was obtained.
- Example 116 In the same manner as in Example 116 but changing the compound of Example 114-(3) used in Example 116 to the compound of Example 126-(1) and changing methylamine to corresponding amines, the compounds of Examples 128 and 129 were obtained.
- Example 131 In the same manner as in Examples 96-(2) to 96-(3) but changing the compound used in Example 96-(2) to the compound obtained in the above (3), the compound of Example 131 was obtained.
- Example 132 and 133 were obtained.
- Example 134 In the same manner as in Example 114-(1) and 114-(2) but changing the compound of Reference Example 31 used in Example 113-(1) to ethyl 6- ⁇ [(methylsulfonyl)oxy]methyl ⁇ nicotinate [ Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2003), 46(11), 2216-2226 ] and changing the compound of Reference Example 2 to the compound of Reference Example 6; then subsequently in the same manner as in Example 14-(3) but using the obtained hydroxymethyl compound in place of the compound used in Example 14-(3); and further subsequently in the same manner as in Example 42 but using the obtained chloromethyl compound in place of the compound of Example 14-(3) used in Example 42 and changing isopropylamine to pyrrolidine, the compound of Example 134 was obtained.
- Example 134 In the same manner as in Example 134 but changing pyrrolidine used in Example 134 to corresponding amines, the compounds of Examples 135 to 139 were obtained.
- Example 124-(1) in the same manner as in Example 124-(1) but changing the compound of Reference Example 34 used in Example 124-(1) to the obtained [6-( ⁇ [tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy ⁇ methyl)pyridin-3-yl]methyl methanesulfonate, obtained was 1- ⁇ [6-(chloromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]methoxy ⁇ -4-[(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one.
- Example 140 in the same manner as in Example 42 but changing the compound of Example 14-(3) used in Example 42 to the obtained 1- ⁇ [6-(chloromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]methoxy ⁇ -4-[(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one and changing isopropylamine to pyrrolidine, obtained was the compound of Example 140.
- Example 140 In the same manner as in Example 140 but changing pyrrolidine used in Example 140 to corresponding amines, the compounds of Examples 141 to 145 were obtained.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Reproductive Health (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Addiction (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Pregnancy & Childbirth (AREA)
- Psychology (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Anesthesiology (AREA)
- Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
- Vascular Medicine (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- The present invention relates to a novel pyridone compound. The compound acts as a melanin concentrating hormone receptor antagonist, and is useful as a preventive, treating or remedial agent for various circular system diseases, nervous system diseases, metabolic diseases, genital diseases, respiratory diseases, digestive diseases, etc.
- Melanin concentrating hormone (hereafter referred to as "MCH") is a cyclic peptide hormone/neuro-peptide, which was for the first time isolated by Kawauchi, et al., in 1983 from sermon hypophysis. [Nature, Vol. 305, 321 (1983)]. The hormone is known to functionally antagonize for melanin cell stimulating hormone in fishes, to cause concentration of melanin granules in melanophore and participate in body color change [International Review of Cytology, Vol. 126, 1 (1991); Trends in Endocrinology and Metabolism, Vol. 5, 120 (1994)]. Also in mammals, MCH-containing neuron cells are localized in the hypothalamus lateral field and uncertain zone, but their nerve fibers are projecting over a very wide scope in the brain [see The Journal of Comparative Neurology, Vol. 319, 218 (1992)], and MCH is considered to preside over various central functions in living bodies.
- Hypothalamus lateral field is known of old as feeding center, and furthermore, recently molecular biological and pharmacological knowledges suggesting participation of MCH in controlling energetic homeostasis are being much accumulated. That is, it has been reported that expression of mRNA, which is an MCH precursor, is accelerated in the brains of ob/ob mice, db/db mice, Ay/a mice, Zucker fatty rats which are model animals of hereditary obesity, and in the brains of fasting mice [see Nature, Vol. 380, 243 (1996); Diabetes, Vol. 47, 294 (1998); Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, Vol. 268, 88 (2000); Molecular Brain Research, Vol. 92, 43 (2001)].
- Acute ventricular administration of MCH to rats was observed to induce accelerated feeding activity [Nature, Vol. 380, 243 (1996)] and chronic administration invites obesity accompanied by polyphagy [see Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, Vol. 99, 3240 (2002)]. Moreover, MCH precursor gene-deficient mice show reduced food ingestion or rise in oxygen consumption per body weight compared to wild type mice. Their low body weight due to decrease in body fat was observed [see Nature, Vol. 396, 670 (1998)].
- On the contrary, transgenic mice which express excessive MCH precursor develop obesity accompanied by polyphagy and insulin resistance [The Journal of Clinical Investigation, Vol. 107, 379 (2001)]. Consequently, it is suggested that MCH is an important factor for developing obesity and participates in diseases induced by metabolic disorders or respiratory diseases for which obesity is one risk factor. Besides, MCH is known to participate also in anxiety-causing action, epilepsy, memory and learning, diuretic action, sodium/potassium excretory action, oxytocin secreting action, reproduction and reproductive function [see Peptides, Vol. 17, 171 (1996); Peptides, Vol. 18, 1095 (1997); Peptides, Vol. 15, 757 (1994); Journal of Neuroendocrinology, Vol. 8, 57 (1996); Critical Reviews in Neurobiology, Vol. 8, 221 (1994)].
- MCH causes versatile pharmacological actions through MCH receptors which are present mainly in the central nervous system. As receptors of MCH, at least two types of type 1 receptors (MCH-1R or SLC-1) and type 2 receptors (MCH-2R or SLT) are known [see Nature, Vol. 400, 261 (1999); Nature, Vol. 400, 265 (1999); Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, Vol. 261, 622 (1999); Nature Cell Biology, Vol. 1, 267 (1999); FEBS Letters, Vol. 457, 522 (1999); Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, Vol. 283, 1013 (2001); The Journal of Biological Chemistry, Vol. 276, 20125 (2001); Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, Vol. 98, 7564 (2001); Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, Vol. 98, 7576 (2001); The Journal of Biological Chemistry, Vol. 276, 34664 (2001); Molecular Pharmacology, Vol. 60, 632 (2001)].
- Of those, the pharmacological action observed on rodents is induced mainly via MCH-1R [see Genomics, Vol. 79, 785 (2002)]. Because MCH-1R gene-deficient mice chronically administered with MCH do not develop polyphagy or obesity, it is known that controlling of energy metabolism by MCH is induced via MCH-1R. Furthermore, the deficiency of MCH-1R is known to promote the activity amount of mice [see Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, Vol. 99, 3240 (2002)], and its participation in central diseases accompanied by behavioral disorders, for example, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, schizophrenia, depression and the like also is strongly suggested [see Molecular Medicine Today, Vol. 6, 43 (2000); Trends in Neuroscience, Vol. 24, 527 (2001)].
- It is also reported that an autoantibody to MCH-1R is present in serum of vitiligo vulgaris patients [see The Journal of Clinical Investigation, Vol. 109, 923 (2002)]. Furthermore, expression of MCH-1R in certain species of cancer cells was reported, and in vivo expression sites of MCH and MCH-1R also suggest MCH's participation in cancer, sleep and vigil, drug dependence and digestive disorders [see Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, Vol. 289, 44 (2001); Neuroendocrinology, Vol. 61, 348 (1995); Endocrinology, Vol. 137, 561 (1996); The Journal of Comparative Neurology, Vol. 435, 26 (2001)].
- Functions of MCH are expressed upon it binding to MCH receptors. Therefore, when its binding to MCH receptor is inhibited, then expression of MCH action can be inhibited. In consequence, substances which are antagonists for binding of MCH with its receptor are useful as preventive, treating or remedial agents for those various diseases in which MCH participates, for example, metabolic disorders such as obesity, diabetes, hormone disorder, hyperlipidemia, gout, fatty liver; cardiovascular disorders such as stenocardia, acute or congestive heart failure, myocardial infarction, coronary atherosclerosis, hypertension, renal diseases, electrolyte abnormality; central and peripheral nervous system disorders such as bulimia, emotional disturbance, depression, anxiety, epilepsy, delirium, dementia, schizophrenia, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, memory impairment, sleep disorders, cognitive failure, dyskinesia, paresthesias, smell disorders, morphine tolerance, drug dependence, alcoholism; reproductive disorders such as infertility, preterm labor and sexual dysfunction; and other digestive disorders, respiratory disorders, cancer or pigmentation et al.
- As compounds having an MCH receptor antagonistic effect, for example, various compounds are disclosed in
International Patent Publication WO01/21577 WO01/82925 WO02/06245 WO02/02744 -
WO02/81454 -
WO03/68230 - Patent Reference 1:
International Patent Publication WO02/81454 - Patent Reference 2:
International Patent Publication WO03/68230 - The present inventors have assiduously studied compounds having an MCH receptor antagonistic effect, and as a result, have found that a pyridone compound, in which an aromatic 6-membered ring bonds to the N atom of the pyridone ring via a linker having a main chain with at least 2 atoms and a specific amino group bonds to para-position of the aromatic 6-membered ring via linker, has an MCH receptor antagonistic effect and is effective for prevention or remedy of various MCH receptor-associated diseases, and have completed the present invention.
- Specifically, the invention provides:
- (1) a pyridone compound of a formula [I] or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof:
- R1 and R2 are the same or different, each representing a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally having substituent(s), or a lower cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent(s), and R1 and R2, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they bond, may form a 4- to 11-membered, crosslinked, non-crosslinked or spiro-cyclic aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring optionally having substituent(s);
- X1 and X2 each represent a methine optionally having substituent(s) selected from a group α, a methine substituted with Ar-Y1-Y2-Y3-, or a nitrogen atom;
- any one of X1 and X2 is a methine substituted with Ar-Y1-Y2-Y3-, and the other is a methine optionally having substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a α or a nitrogen atom;
- substituent selected from the group consisting of the group α: a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted with halogen atom(s), and a lower alkyloxy group optionally substituted with halogen atom(s);
- X3 and X4 are the same or different, each representing a methine optionally having substituent(s) or a nitrogen atom;
- X5, X6, X7 and X8 are the same or different, each representing a methine optionally having substituent(s) or a nitrogen atom, however, at least 3 atoms of X5, X6, X7 and X8 are not nitrogen atoms at the same time;
- Y1 represents a single bond, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -SO- or -SO2-;
- Y2 represents a single bond, a lower alkylene group optionally having substituent(s), optionally a lower alkenylene group, or a lower cycloalkylene group optionally having substituent(s);
- Y3 represents a single bond, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -SO- or -SO2-;
- R represents a hydrogen atom, or a lower alkyl group optionally having substituent(s);
- W represents -(O)m1-(CH2)n-(O)m2-, in which -(CH2)n- in W may optionally have substituent(s);
- m1 and m2 are the same or different, each indicating 0 or 1; n indicates an integer of from 1 to 4; and they satisfy 2 ≤ m1+m2+n ≤ 4, but m1, m2 and n are not 1 at the same time;
- L represents a single bond or a methylene group optionally having substituent(s), and L, taken together with Z2 and R1 and with the nitrogen atom adjacent to R1, may form an aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring optionally having substituent(s);
- Z1 represents a single bond, -O-, or a C1-4 alkylene group optionally having substituent(s);
- Z2 represents a single bond or a C1-4 alkylene group optionally having substituent(s);
- however, Y1, Y2, Y3,Z1, L and Z2 are not all single bonds at the same time;
- Ar represents an aromatic carbocyclic group optionally having substituent(s), an aromatic heterocyclic group optionally having substituent(s), or an aliphatic carbocyclic group optionally having substituent(s)].
- (2) a melanin concentrating hormone receptor antagonist comprising a compound of (1) or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as the active ingredient;
- (3) a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable additive and a compound of (1) or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof,
- (4) a preventive, treating or remedial agent comprising a compound of (1) or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as the active ingredient, for metabolic disorders such as obesity, diabetes, hormone disorder, hyperlipidemia, gout, fatty liver, hepatitis, cirrhosis; cardiovascular disorders such as stenocardia, acute or congestive heart failure, myocardial infarction, coronary atherosclerosis, hypertension, renal diseases, electrolyte abnormality; central and peripheral nervous system disorders such as bulimia, emotional disturbance, depression, anxiety, epilepsy, delirium, dementia, schizophrenia, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, memory impairment, sleep disorders, cognitive failure, dyskinesia, paresthesias, smell disorders, morphine tolerance, drug dependence, alcoholism; reproductive disorders such as infertility, preterm labor and sexual dysfunction; digestive disorders; respiratory disorders; cancer or pigmentation.
- The invention is described in more detail hereinunder.
- In this description, the term "lower" means that the number of the carbon atoms constituting the group or the compound with the term is at most 6, preferably at most 4.
- "Lower alkyl group" includes a linear alkyl group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, concretely, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, an isopentyl group, a neopentyl group, a tert-amyl group, a 1-methylbutyl group, a 2-methylbutyl group, a 1,2-dimethylpropyl group, a 1-ethylpropyl group, an n-hexyl group, an isohexyl group, a 1-methylpentyl group, a 2-methylpentyl group, a 3-methylpentyl group, a 1,1-dimethylbutyl group, a 1,2-dimethylbutyl group, a 2,2-dimethylbutyl group, a 1-ethylbutyl group, a 1,1,2-trimethylpropyl group, a 1,2,2-trimethylpropyl group, a 1-ethyl-2-methylpropyl group, a 1-ethyl-1-methylpropyl group et al.
- "Lower cycloalkyl group" includes a cycloalkyl group having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, concretely, for example, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group.
- "Lower alkylene group" includes a linear alkylene group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched alkylene group having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, concretely, for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a pentylene group, a hexylene group et al.
- "Lower alkenylene group" includes a linear alkenylene group having from 2 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched alkenylene group having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, having one carbon-carbon double bond in the chain, concretely, for example, a vinylene group, a 1-propenylene group, a 2-propenylene group, a 1-butenylene group, a 2-butenylene group, a 3-butenylene group, a 2-pentenylene group, a 3-pentenylene group, a 4-pentenylene group, a 1-hexenylene group, a 2-hexenylene group, a 3-hexenylene group, a 4-hexenylene group, a 5-hexenylene group et al.
- "Lower cycloalkylene group" includes a cycloalkylene group having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, concretely, for example, a 1,1-cyclopropylene group, a 1,2-cyclopropylene group, a 1,1-cyclobutanylene group, a 1,2-cyclobutanylene group, a 1,3-cyclobutanylene group, a 1,1-cyclopentenylene group, a 1,2-cyclohexenylene group, a 1,3-cyclohexenylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group et al.
- Examples of the substituent in "methine optionally having substituent(s)" may be those selected from the group consisting of the group α.
- A halogen atom, lower alkyl group optionally substituted with a halogen atom, and a lower alkyloxy group optionally substituted with a halogen atom.
- Examples of the substituent in "lower alkyl group optionally having substituent(s)", "lower cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent(s)", "lower alkylene group optionally having substituent(s)", " C1-4 alkylene optionally having substituent(s)", "lower alkenylene group optionally having substituent(s)" and "methylene optionally having substituent(s)" may be those selected from the group consisting of a group β; and the above-mentioned lower alkyl group and others may be substituted with one or more such substituents.
- A halogen atom, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted with a fluorine atom or a hydroxyl group, a mono-lower alkylamino group, a di-lower alkylamino group, a lower alkyloxy group optionally substituted with a fluorine atom, a lower alkyloxy-lower alkyl group, a lower alkyloxycarbonyl group, a lower alkyloxycarbonylamino group, a lower alkyloxycarbonyl(lower alkyl)amino group, a lower alkylcarbonyl group, a lower alkylcarbonyloxy group, a lower alkylcarbonylamino group, a lower alkylcarbonyl(lower alkyl)amino group, a carbamoyl group, a mono-lower alkylcarbamoyl group, a di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group, a carbamoylamino group, a mono-lower alkylcarbamoylamino group, a di-lower alkylcarbamoylamino group, a mono-lower alkylcarbamoyl(lower alkyl)amino group, a di-lower alkylcarbamoyl(lower alkyl)amino group, a carbamoyloxy group, a mono-lower alkylcarbamoyloxy group, a di-lower alkylcarbamoyloxy group, a lower alkylsulfonyl group, a lower alkylsulfonylamino group, a lower alkylsulfonyl(lower alkyl)amino group, a sulfamoyl group, a mono-lower alkylsulfamoyl group, a di-lower alkylsulfamoyl group, a sulfamoylamino group, a mono-lower alkylsulfamoylamino group, a di-lower alkylsulfamoylamino group, a mono-lower alkylsulfamoyl(lower alkyl)amino group, and a di-lower alkylsulfamoyl(lower alkyl)amino group.
- "Aliphatic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group" includes a 3- to 7-membered monocyclic, or 5 to 12-membered polycyclic, saturated or partially-unsaturated heterocyclic group, containing at least one, preferably from 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms as a part of the ring-constitutive members, and optionally containing from 0 to 2 oxygen atoms or from 0 to 2 sulfur atoms; and concretely, for example, it includes an aziridinyl group, an azetidinyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group, a piperidinyl group, a homopiperazinyl group, a homopiperidinyl group, a morpholinyl group, a thiomorpholinyl group, an octahydocyclopenta[b]pyrrolyl group, a hexahydropyrrolidinyl group, an octahydroindolidinyl group, an octahydroquinolidinyl group, an octahydropyrido[2.1-c]oxazinyl group, a 2,5,6,7-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[1.2-a]imidazolyl group et al.
- "Aromatic carbocyclic group" includes a monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic carbocyclic group having from 6 to 14 carbon atoms, preferably from 6 to 10 carbon atoms, concretely, for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group et al.
- "Aromatic heterocyclic group" includes a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic or 8- to 14-membered polycyclic heteroaromatic cyclic group containing at least one, preferably from 1 to 5 hetero atoms selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom as a part of the ring-constitutive members; and concretely, for example, it includes a pyridinyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, a pyridazinyl group, a pyrazyl group, a pyrazolyl group, a pyrrolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a triazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, an isoxazolyl group, an oxadiazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, an isothiazolyl group, a thiadiazolyl group, a tetrazolyl group, a pyridazinyl group, a pyrazinyl group, a furyl group, a thienyl group, an indolyl group, a benzofuranyl group, a benzothienyl group, a benzimidazolyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a benzisoxazolyl group, a benzothiazolyl group, a benzisothiazolyl group, an indazolyl group, a purinyl group, a quinolyl group, an isoquinolyl group, a phthalazinyl group, a naphthyridinyl group, a quinoxalinyl group, a quinazolinyl group, a cinnolinyl group, a pteridinyl group, a pyrido[3,2-b]pyridyl group et al.
- "Aliphatic carbocyclic group" includes a monocyclic or polycyclic, saturated or partially-unsaturated carbocyclic group having from 3 to 10, preferably from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, concretely, for example, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutenyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a cyclononyl group, a cyclodecyl group, a bicyclohexyl group, an adamantyl group et al.
- As to "4- to 11-membered, crosslinked, non-crosslinked or spiro-cyclic aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring", examples of the crosslinked aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring include 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, octahydropyrrolo[3.4-b]pyrrole, octahydropyrrolo[3.4-c]pyrrole, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, decahydropyrrolo[3.4-d]azepine; examples of the non-crosslinked aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring include an azetidine ring, a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, a hexamethyleneimine ring, a heptamethyleneimine ring, a morpholine ring; and further, the spiro-cyclic aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring includes 2-azaspiro[4.4]nonane, 1-oxa-7-azaspiro[4.4]nonane, 2-oxa-7-azaspiro[4.4]nonane, 1,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonane, 3-oxa-1,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonane, 2,7-diazaspiro[4.4]nonane, 2,7-diazaspiro[3.5]nonane, 2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane, 2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptane, 2,8-diazaspiro[4.5]decane et al.
- Examples of the substituent in "aromatic heterocyclic group optionally having substituent(s)" or "aromatic carbocyclic group optionally having substituent(s)" may be those selected from the group consisting of the group β; and the above-mentioned cyclic groups may be substituted with one or more such substituents.
- The substituent in "aliphatic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group optionally having substituent(s)" or "aliphatic carbocyclic group optionally having substituent(s)" includes, in addition to the substituents selected from the group consisting of the group β, an oxo group and a lower cycloalkyl group; and the above-mentioned cyclic groups may be substituted with one or more such substituents.
- The substituent in "lower alkyl group optionally having substituent(s)" defined for R is, for example, preferably a halogen atom, a lower alkoxy group, a lower haloalkoxy group.
- In the definition of the above-mentioned substituents, "halogen atom" includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
- "Oxo group" means a group (=O) that forms a carbonyl group (C=O) along with the carbon atom in an organic compound.
- "Lower alkyl group optionally substituted with a fluorine atom or a hydroxyl group" includes a lower alkyl group, or a lower alkyl group in which a part or all of the hydrogen atoms of the lower alkyl group are substituted with a fluorine atom or a hydroxyl group; The latter lower alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom or a hydroxyl group includes, for example, a fluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a 2-fluoroethyl group, a 1,2-difluoroethyl group, a 2-hydroxyethyl group, a 1,2-dihydroxyethyl group et al.
- "Lower alkyloxy group optionally substituted with a fluorine atom" includes a group comprising a lower alkyl group or a lower alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, bonding to an oxygen atom. Concretely, the lower alkyloxy group includes a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propyloxy group, an isopropyloxy group, an n-butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, an n-pentyloxy group et al; and the lower alkyloxy group substituted with a fluorine atom includes, for example, a fluoromethoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group, a trifluoromethoxy group, a 1,2-difluoroethoxy group et al.
- "Mono-lower alkylamino group" is an amino group (-NH2) in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a lower alkyl group, concretely, for example, including a methylamino group, an ethylamino group, an n-propylamino group, an isopropylamino group, an n-butylamino group, a sec-butylamino group, a tert-butylamino group et al.
- "Di-lower alkylamino group" is an amino group (-NH2) in which two hydrogen atoms are substituted with lower alkyl groups, concretely, for example, including a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, an ethylmethylamino group, a di(n-propyl)amino group, a methyl(n-propyl)amino group, a diisopropylamino group et al.
- "Lower alkyloxy-lower alkyl group" is a lower alkyl group substituted with a lower alkyloxy group, and concretely includes, for example, a methoxymethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group, an n-propyloxymethyl group, an isopropyloxymethyl group, a 1-methoxyethyl group, a 2-methoxyethyl group et al.
- "Lower alkyloxycarbonyl group" is a lower alkyloxy group bonding to a carbonyl group (-CO-) and includes an alkyloxycarbonyl group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, concretely, for example, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, an n-propyloxycarbonyl group, an isopropyloxycarbonyl group, an n-butoxycarbonyl group, an isobutoxycarbonyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, an n-pentyloxycarbonyl group et al.
- "Lower alkyloxycarbonylamino group" is a group of an amino group (-NH2) to which a lower alkyloxycarbonyl group bonds, and includes an alkyloxycarbonylamino group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, concretely, for example, a methoxycarbonylamino group, an ethoxycarbonylamino group, an n-propyloxycarbonylamino group, an isopropyloxycarbonylamino group, an n-butoxycarbonylamino group, an isobutoxycarbonylamino group, a tert-butoxycarbonylamino group, an n-pentyloxycarbonylamino group et al.
- "Lower alkyloxycarbonyl(lower alkyl)amino group" is a group of a mono-lower alkylamino group in which the hydrogen atom on the nitrogen atom is substituted with a lower alkyloxycarbonyl group and concretely includes, for example, a methoxycarbonyl(methyl)amino group, an ethoxycarbonyl(methyl)amino group, an n-propyloxycarbonyl(methyl)amino group et al.
- "Lower alkylcarbonyl group" is a group of a carbonyl group (-CO-) bonding to a lower alkyl group, and includes an alkylcarbonyl group having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, concretely, for example, an acetyl group, a propionyl group, a butyryl group, an isobutyryl group, a valeryl group, an isovaleryl group, a pivaloyl group et al.
- "Lower alkylcarbonyloxy group" is a lower alkylcarbonyl group bonding to an oxygen atom, and concretely includes, for example, an acetoxy group, a propionyloxy group, a valeryloxy group, an isovaleryloxy group, a pivaloyloxy group et al.
- "Lower alkylcarbonylamino group" is a group of an amino group (-NH2) in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a lower alkylcarbonyl group, and concretely includes, for example, an acetamido group, a propionylamino group, an isobutyrylamino group, a valerylamino group, an isovalerylamino group, a pivaloylamino group et al.
- "Lower alkylcarbonyl(lower alkyl)amino group" is a mono-lower alkylamino group in which the hydrogen atom on the nitrogen atom is substituted with a lower alkylcarbonyl group, and includes, for example, a methylcarbonyl(methyl)amino group, an ethylcarbonyl(methyl)amino group, an n-propylcarbonyl(methyl)amino group et al.
- "Mono-lower alkylcarbamoyl group" is a carbamoyl group (-CONH2) in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a lower alkyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a methylcarbamoyl group, an ethylcarbamoyl group, an n-propylcarbamoyl group, an isopropylcarbamoyl group, an n-butylcarbamoyl group a sec-butylcarbamoyl group, a tert-butylcarbamoyl group et al.
- "Di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group" is a carbamoyl group (-CONH2) in which two hydrogen atoms are substituted with lower alkyl groups, and concretely includes, for example, a dimethylcarbamoyl group, a diethylcarbamoyl group, an ethylmethylcarbamoyl group, a di(n-propyl)carbamoyl group, a methyl(n-propyl)carbamoyl group, a diisopropylcarbamoyl group et al.
- "Mono-lower alkylcarbamoylamino group" is an amino group (-NH2) in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a mono-lower alkylcarbamoyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a methylcarbamoylamino group, an ethylcarbamoylamino group, an n-propylcarbamoylamino group, an isopropylcarbamoylamino group, an n-butylcarbamoylamino group, a sec-butylcarbamoylamino group, a tert-butylcarbamoylamino group et al.
- "Di-lower alkylcarbamoylamino group" is an amino group (-NH2) in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a dimethylcarbamoylamino group, a diethylcarbamoylamino group, a di(n-propyl)carbamoylamino group, a diisopropylcarbamoylamino group, a di(n-butyl)carbamoylamino group, a di(sec-butyl)carbamoylamino group, a di(tert-butyl)carbamoylamino group et al.
- "Mono-lower alkylcarbamoyl(lower alkyl)amino group" is a mono-lower alkylamino group in which the hydrogen atom on the nitrogen atom is substituted with a mono-lower alkylcarbamoyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a monomethylcarbamoyl(methyl)amino group, a monoethylcarbamoyl(methyl)amino group, a [mono(n-propyl)carbamoyl](methyl)amino group et al.
- "Di-lower alkylcarbamoyl(lower alkyl)amino group" is a mono-lower alkylamino group in which the hydrogen atom on the nitrogen atom is substituted with a di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a dimethylcarbamoyl(methyl)amino group, a diethylcarbamoyl(methyl)amino group, a [di(n-propyl)carbamoyl](methyl)amino group et al.
- "Mono-lower alkylcarbamoyloxy group" is a mono-lower alkylcarbamoyl group bonding to an oxygen atom, and concretely includes, for example, a methylcarbamoyloxy group, an ethylcarbamoyloxy group, an n-propylcarbamoyloxy group, an isopropylcarbamoyloxy group, an n-butylcarbamoyloxy group, a sec-butylcarbamoyloxy group, a tert-butylcarbamoyloxy group et al.
- "Di-lower alkylcarbamoyloxy group" is a di-lower alkylcarbamoyl group bonding to an oxygen atom, and concretely includes, for example, a dimethylcarbamoyloxy group, a diethylcarbamoyloxy group, an ethylmethylcarbamoyloxy group, a di(n-propyl)carbamoyloxy group, a methyl(n-propyl)carbamoyloxy group, a diisopropylcarbamoyloxy group et al.
- "Lower alkylsulfonyl group" is a lower alkyl group bonding to a sulfonyl group (-SO2-), and concretely includes, for example, a methylsulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group, an n-propylsulfonyl group, an isopropylsulfonyl group, an n-butylsulfonyl group, a sec-butylsulfonyl group, a tert-butylsulfonyl group et al.
- "Lower alkylsulfonylamino group" is an amino group (-NH2) in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a lower alkylsulfonyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a methylsulfonylamino group, an ethylsulfonylamino group, an n-propylsulfonylamino group, an isopropylsulfonylamino group, an n-butylsulfonylamino group, a sec-butylsulfonylamino group, a tert-butylsulfonylamino group et al.
- "Lower alkylsulfonyl(lower alkyl)amino group" is a group of a mono-lower alkylamino group in which the hydrogen atom on the nitrogen atom is substituted with a lower alkylsulfonyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a methanesulfonyl group, an ethanesulfonyl group, an n-propanesulfonyl group, an isopropanesulfonyl group et al.
- "Mono-lower alkylsulfamoyl group" is a group of a sulfamoyl group (-SO2NH2) in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a lower alkyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a monomethylsulfamoyl group, a monoethylsulfamoyl group, a mono(n-propyl)sulfamoyl group, a monoisopropylsulfamoyl group, a mono(n-butyl)sulfamoyl group, a mono(sec-butyl)sulfamoyl group, a mono(tert-butyl)sulfamoyl group et al.
- "Di-lower alkylsulfamoyl group" is a group of a sulfamoyl group (-SO2NH2) in which two hydrogen atoms are substituted with lower alkyl groups, and concretely includes, for example, a dimethylsulfamoyl group, a diethylsulfamoyl group, a di(n-propyl)sulfamoyl group, a diisopropylsulfamoyl group, a di(n-butyl)sulfamoyl group, a di(sec-butyl)sulfamoyl group, a di(tert-butyl)sulfamoyl group et al.
- "Mono-lower alkylsulfamoylamino group" is a group of an amino group (-NH2) in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a mono-lower alkylsulfamoyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a (monomethylsulfamoyl)amino group, a (monoethylsulfamoyl)amino group, a [mono(n-propyl)sulfamoyl]amino group, a (monoisopropylsulfamoyl)amino group, a [mono(n-butyl)sulfamoyl]amino group, a [(mono-sec-butyl)sulfamoyl]amino group, a [(mono-tert-butyl)sulfamoyl] amino group et al.
- "(Di-lower alkylsulfamoyl)amino group" is a group of an amino group (-NH2) in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a di-lower alkylsulfamoyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a (dimethylsulfamoyl)amino group, a (diethylsulfamoyl)amino group, an (ethylmethylsulfamoyl)amino group, a [di(n-propyl)sulfamoyl]amino group, a [methyl(n-propyl)sulfamoyl]amino group, a (diisopropylsulfamoyl)amino group et al.
- "Mono-lower alkylsulfamoyl(lower alkyl)amino group" is a group of a mono-lower alkylamino group in which the hydrogen atom on the nitrogen atom is substituted with a mono-lower alkylsulfamoyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a monomethylsulfamoyl(methyl)amino group, a monoethylsulfamoyl(methyl)amino group, a [mono(n-propyl)sulfamoyl](methyl)amino group et al.
- "Di-lower alkylsulfamoyl(lower alkyl)amino group" is a group of a mono-lower alkylamino group in which the hydrogen atom on the nitrogen atom is substituted with a di-lower alkylsulfamoyl group, and concretely includes, for example, a dimethylsulfamoyl(methyl)amino group, a diethylsulfamoyl(methyl)amino group, a [di(n-propyl)sulfamoyl](methyl)amino group et al.
- "Pharmaceutically-acceptable salts" of a pyridone compound of formula [I] mean ordinary salts that are acceptable as medicines. Their examples are acid-addition salts to the amine group of the compound of formula [I] or acid-addition salts to the nitrogen-containing hetero ring thereof, or base-addition salts to the carboxyl group, if any, of the compound of formula [I].
- The acid-addition salts include inorganic acid salts such as hydrochlorides, sulfates, nitrates, phosphates, perchlorates; organic acid salts such as maleates, fumarates, tartrates, citrates, ascorbates, trifluoroacetates; and sulfonates such as methanesulfonates, isethionates, benzenesulfonates, p-toluenesulfonates et al.
- The base-addition salts include alkali metal salts such as sodium salts, potassium salts; alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium salts, magnesium salts; and organic amine salts such as ammonium salts; trimethylamine salts, triethylamine salts, dicyclohexylamine salts, ethanolamine salts, diethanolamine salts, triethanolamine salts, procaine salts, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine salts et al.
- For the purpose of more concretely disclosing the pyridone compounds of the invention hereinunder, various symbols used in formula [I] are described in detail with reference to their examples.
- In formula [I], X1 and X2 each represent a methine optionally having substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of a group α, a methine substituted with Ar-Y1-Y2-Y3-, or a nitrogen atom, and any one of X1 and X2 is a methine substituted with Ar-Y1-Y2-Y3-, and the other is a methine optionally having substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of the group α or a nitrogen atom.
- Preferred examples of the substituent selected from the group α for X1 and X2 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, a methoxy group et al.
- X1 and X2 concretely include:
- X1 is a methine substituted with Ar-Y1-Y2-Y3-, X2 is a methine optionally having substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of the group α;
- X1 is a methine substituted with Ar-Y1-Y2-Y3, X2 is a nitrogen atom;
- X1 is a methine optionally having substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of the group α, X2 is a methine substituted with Ar-Y1-Y2-Y3;
- X1 is a nitrogen atom, X2 is a methine substituted with Ar-Y1-Y2-Y3.
- Preferably,
- X1 is a methine optionally having substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of the group α,
- X2 is a methine substituted with Ar-Y1-Y2-Y3;
- X1 is a nitrogen atom, X2 is a methine substituted with Ar-Y1-Y2-Y3.
- More preferably,
- X1 is an unsubstituted methine, X2 is a methine substituted with Ar-Y1-Y2-Y3.
- Y1 represents a single bond, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -SO- or -SO2-;
- Y2 represents a single bond, a lower alkylene optionally having substituent(s), a lower alkenylene optionally having substituent(s), or a lower cycloalkylene group optionally having substituent(s);
- Y3 represents a single bond, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -SO- or -SO2-;
- R represents a hydrogen atom, or a lower alkyl group optionally having substituent(s).
- Y1 is preferably a single bond.
- Y2 is preferably a single bond, a methylene group optionally having substituent(s), a vinylene group optionally having substituent(s), or an ethylene group optionally having substituent(s).
- Y3 is preferably a single bond or -O-.
- Preferred combinations of Y1-Y2-Y3 are:
- -lower alkylene-O-,
- -lower alkylene-,
- -lower alkenylene-,
- -lower cycloalkylene; more preferably,
- -CH2-O-,
- -CH=CH-,
- -CH2-CH2- are recommended.
- Ar represents an aromatic carbocyclic group optionally having substituent(s), an aromatic heterocyclic group optionally having substituent(s), or an aliphatic carbocyclic group optionally having substituent(s).
- In Ar, examples of the substituent in "substituent optionally having substituent(s)" include substituents selected from the group consisting of the group β, or a phenyl group, a phenoxy group; and above all, preferred are those selected from a group consisting of a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group, a difluoromethoxy group and a trifluoromethoxy group.
- Examples of Ar include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a pyridinyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, a pyridazinyl group, a pyrazyl group, a pyrazole group, a pyrrolyl group, an imidazolyl group, a triazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, an isoxazolyl group, an oxadiazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, an isothiazolyl group, a thiadiazolyl group, a tetrazolyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group et al; and these may optionally have substituent(s).
- In particular, preferred is a phenyl group optionally having substituent(s), or a pyridinyl group optionally having substituent(s); and more preferably recommended are a phenyl group, a 4-chlorophenyl group, a 4-fluorophenyl group, a 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl group, a 2-pyridinyl group, a 5-fluoro-2-pyridinyl group, a 5-chloro-2-pyridinyl group et al.
- X3 and X4 are the same or different, each representing a methine optionally having substituent(s) or a nitrogen atom.
- Preferred combinations of X3 and X4 are:
- X3 and X4 are a methine optionally having substituent(s), or
- any one of X3 and X4 is a nitrogen atom, and the other is a methine optionally having substituent(s);
- X3 and X4 are both unsubstituted methines, or any one of X3 and X4 is a nitrogen atom, and the other is unsubstituted methine.
- X5, X6, X7 and X8 are the same or different, each representing a methine optionally having substituent(s) or a nitrogen atom, however, at least 3 atoms of X5, X6, X7 and X8 are not nitrogen atoms at the same time.
- Preferred examples of X5, X6, X7 and X8 are that all of them are methines optionally having substituent(s); and especially recommended is that all of them are methines substituted with a halogen or a lower alkoxy group, or unsubstituted methines.
- W represents -(O)m1-(CH2)n-(O)m2-, in which -(CH2)n- may optionally have substituent(s).
- m1 and m2 are the same or different, each indicating 0 or 1; n indicates an integer of from 1 to 4; and they satisfy 2 ≤ m1+m2+n ≤ 4, but m1, m2 and n are not 1 at the same time.
- Concretely, examples of W include:
- -O-(CH2)2-O-,
- -O-(CH2)3-,
- -O-(CH2)2-,
- -O-(CH2)-,
- -(CH2)3-O-,
- -(CH2)2-O-,
- -(CH2)4-,
- -(CH2)3-,
- -(CH2)2-.
- L represents a single bond or a methylene optionally having substituent(s), and L, taken together with Z2 and R1 and with the nitrogen atom adjacent to R1, may form an aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring optionally having substituent(s).
- Z1 represents a single bond, -O-, or a C1-4 alkylene group optionally having substituent(s);
- Z2 represents a single bond or a C1-4 alkylene group optionally having substituent(s).
- However, Y1, Y2, Y3, L, Z1 and Z2 are not all single bonds at the same time.
- Preferably L is a single bond, or a methylene optionally having substituent(s).
- Preferably, Z1 is a single bond, a methylene optionally having substituent(s), or -O-
- Preferably, Zs is a single bond, or a methylene optionally having substituent(s).
- Preferred combinations of -Z1-L-Z2- are:
- -CH2-,
- -(CH2)2-,
- -(CH2)3-,
- -(CH2)4-,
- -O-(CH2)2-,
- -O-(CH2)3-,
- -CH2-O-(CH2)2-.
- -CH2-,
- -(CH2)2-,
- -O-(CH2)2-.
- R1 and R2 are the same or different, each representing a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally having substituent(s), or a lower cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent(s), and R1 and R2, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they bond, may form a 3- to 11-membered, crosslinked, non-crosslinked or spiro-cyclic aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring optionally having substituent(s).
- Preferably, R1 and R2 are the same or different, each representing a hydrogen atom, a C1-4 alkyl group optionally having substituent(s), or a C3-6 cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent(s).
- The aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring optionally having substituent(s), which is formed by R1, Z2 and L as taken together with the nitrogen atom adjacent to R1, is preferably a pyrrolidine ring optionally having substituent(s), in which the optional substituent is preferably selected from the group consisting of the group α.
- Further, "3- to 11-membered, crosslinked, non-crosslinked or spiro-cyclic aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring optionally having substituent(s)", which is formed by R1 and R2 taken together with the nitrogen atom bonding to them, is preferably an azetidine ring optionally having substituent(s), a pyrrolidine ring optionally having substituent(s), a piperidine ring optionally having substituent(s); more preferably an azetidinyl group optionally having substituent(s), a pyrrolidinyl group optionally having substituent(s). As the optional substituent(s), preferred are the substituents selected from the group consisting of the group α.
- Preferred examples of the compounds of the invention are:
- 4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]-1-(2- {4-[(diethylamino)methyl]phenyl}ethyl)pyridin-2(1H)-one,
- 1- {2-4-(azetidin-1-ylmethyl)-3-fluorophenyl]ethyl} -4- [(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one,
- 4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]-1-(2- {4-[(cyclopropylamino)methyl]phenyl} ethyl)pyridin-2(1H)-one,
- 4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]-1-{2-[4-(1-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)phenyl] ethyl}pyridin-2(1H)-one,
- 1-{2-[4-(1-azetidin-1-ylethyl)phenyl]ethyl}-4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one,
- 1- {2-[4-(azetidin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl]ethyl}-4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one,
- 4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]-1-{2-[4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl]ethyl}pyridin-2(1H)-one,
- 4-[(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]-1-{2-[5-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)pyridin-2-yl]ethyl}pyridin-2(1H)-one,
- 1- {2-[5-(azetidin-1-ylmethyl)pyridin-2-yl]ethyl}-4-[(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one,
- 1- {2-[5-(azetidin-1-ylmethyl)pyridin-2-yl]ethyl}-4-[(4-chlorobenzyl)oxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one,
- 4-[(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]-1-(2-fluoro-2-{4-[(propylamino)methyl]phenyl}ethyl)pyridin-2(1H)-one,
- 4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]-1-(2-{4-[(propylamino)methyl]phenyl}ethyl)pyridin-2(1H)-one,
- 1-(2,2-difluoro-2- {4-[(propylamino)methyl]phenyl}ethyl)-4-[(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one, et al.
- More preferably recommended are:
- 4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]-1-(2- {4-[(diethylamino)methyl]phenyl}ethyl)pyridin-2(1H)-one,
- 1-{2-[4-(1-azetidin-1-ylethyl)phenyl]ethyl}-4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one,
- 1-{2-[4-(azetidin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl]ethyl}-4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one,
- 1- {2-5-(azetidin-1-ylmethyl)pyridin-2-yl]ethyl}-4- [(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one, and
- 1- {2-5-(azetidin-1-ylmethyl)pyridin-2-yl]ethyl}-4-[(4-chlorobenzyl)oxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one, et al.
- The compounds of formula [I] may be produced, for example, according to the following production methods. However, the production methods for the compounds of the invention are not limited to these reaction examples.
- Production Method 1 is for obtaining a compound of a formula [IV-a] by condensing a compound of a formula [IIa] and a compound of a formula [IIIa] according to Mitsunobu reaction.
any one of X1 and X2 is Dp, and the other is a methine optionally having substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of the group α, or a nitrogen atom,
Dp represents the following formula (a) or (b):
y1p represents a single bond, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -SO- or -SO2-;
y2p represents a single bond, a lower alkylene group optionally having substituent(s), a lower alkenylene group optionally having substituent(s), or a lower cycloalkylene group optionally having substituent(s);
y3p represents a single bond, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -SO- or -SO2-;
R represents a hydrogen atom, or a lower alkyl group optionally having substituent(s);
P1 represents a protective group);
Rb represents the following formula (A) or (B):
Lp represents a single bond, or a methylene group optionally having substituent(s); and as taken together with Z2p and R1p and with the nitrogen atom adjacent to R1p, Lp may form an aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring optionally having substituent(s);
Z2p represents a single bond, or a C1-4 alkylene group optionally having substituent(s);
R1p and R2p are the same or different, each representing a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally having substituent(s), or a lower cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent(s); and
R1p and R2p may form, as taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they bond, a 4- to 11-membered, crosslinked, non-crosslinked or spiro-cyclic aliphatic, nitrogen-containing hetero ring; Z3p represents a single bond, or a C1-4 alkylene group optionally having substituent(s);
P2 represents a protective group);
W1 represents -(CH2)n1-(O)m3- optionally having substituent(s); n1 indicates an integer of from 1 to 4; m3 indicates 0 or 1; and 1 ≤ n1+m3 ≤ 4; and
X3, X4, X5, X6, X7 and X8 have the same meanings as above.] - Specifically, in a reaction solvent, in the presence of an azodicarbonyl compound and an organophosphorus compound such as triaryl phosphine or trialkyl phosphine, a compound of formula [IIa] is condensed with a compound of formula [IIIa] to obtain a compound of formula [IV-a].
- The azodicarbonyl compound includes dimethyl azodicarboxylate, diethyl azodicarboxylate, diisopropyl azodicarboxylate, di-t-butyl azodicarboxylate, 1,1'-(azodicarbonyl)dipiperidide et al; the triaryl phosphine includes triphenyl phosphine, tritolyl phosphine et al; the trialkyl phosphine includes triethyl phosphine, tributyl phosphine, trioctyl phosphine et al. Above all, recommended is a combination of diisopropyl azodicarboxylate and triphenyl phosphine, or a combination of 1,1'-(azodicarbonyl)dipiperidide and tributyl phosphine.
- The amount of the compound of formula [IIIa] to be used may be from 1 mol to 3 mol relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IIa], preferably from 1 mol to 1.5 mols.
- Regarding the amount of the azodicarbonyl compound and the organophosphorus compound to be used, the amount of the azodicarbonyl compound may be from 1 mol to 5 mols relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IIa], preferably from 1 mol to 3 mols, and the amount of the organophosphorus compound may be from 1 mol to 5 mols relative to one mol of the compound of formula [IIa], preferably from 1 mol to 3 mols.
- The reaction solvent includes halogenocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-heptane, n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran (hereinafter referred to as "THF"), dioxane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; esters such as methyl acetate, ethyl acetate; acetonitrile, N-methylpyrrolidone (hereinafter referred to as "NMP"), N,N'-dimethylformamide (hereinafter referred to as "DMF"), dimethyl sulfoxide (hereinafter referred to as "DMSO") et al; and their mixed solvents.
- The reaction temperature may be from 0°C to 100°C, preferably from 0°C to 50°C; and in general, the reaction takes 2 hours to 24 hours.
- Production method 2 is for obtaining a compound of a formula [IV-a] by condensing a compound of a formula [IIa] with a compound of a formula [IIIb].
- Specifically, a compound of formula [IIa] is condensed with a compound of formula [IIIb] in a reaction solvent in the presence of a base to obtain a compound of formula [IV-a].
- The base includes inorganic bases such as cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, cesium fluoride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide; organic bases such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide.
- The amount of the compound of formula [IIa] to be used may be from 1 to 5 mols relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IIIb], preferably from 1 to 3 mols.
- The amount of the base to be used may be from 1 to 3 mols relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IIa], preferably from 1 to 2 mols.
- The reaction solvent includes halogenocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-heptane, n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, THF, dioxane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; acetonitrile, NMP, DMF, DMSO et al; and their mixed solvents.
- The reaction temperature may be from 0°C to 300°C, preferably from 20°C to 150°C; and in general, the reaction takes 30 minutes to 24 hours.
- In a compound of formula [IV-a], when Rb is represented by the formula (A); or that is, in formula [I-P] when the compound of formula [I-P] has a protective group, then the compound is deprotected to give a compound of formula [I].
- In the above reaction, when the reactants have a functional group not participating in the reaction, such as an amino group, an imino group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an oxo group or a carbonyl group, then the functional group may be suitably protected with a protective group, and the protective group may be removed after the reaction.
- Having its function, the protective group for amino group and imino group is not specifically limited, and includes, for example, an aralkyl group such as a benzyl group, a p-methoxybenzyl group, a 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl group, an o-nitrobenzyl group, a p-nitrobenzyl group, a benzhydryl group, a trityl group; a lower alkanoyl group such as a formyl group, an acetyl group, a propionyl group, a butyryl group, a pivaloyl group; an arylalkanoyl group such as a benzoyl group, a phenylacetyl group, a phenoxyacetyl group; a lower alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propyloxycarbonyl group; a tert-butoxycarbonyl group; an aralkyloxycarbonyl group such as a benzyloxycarbonyl group, a p-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl group, a phenethyloxycarbonyl group; a lower alkylsilyl group such as a trimethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group; a tetrahydropyranyl group; a trimethylsilylethoxymethyl group; a lower alkylsulfonyl group such as a methylsulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group; an arylsulfonyl group such as a benzenesulfonyl group, a toluenesulfonyl group et al; and especially preferred are an acetyl group, a benzoyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, a trimethylsilylethoxymethyl group, a methylsulfonyl group et al.
- Having its function, the protective group for hydroxyl group is not specifically limited, and includes, for example, a lower alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group; a lower alkylsilyl group such as a trimethylsilyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group; a lower alkoxymethyl group such as a methoxymethyl group, a 2-methoxyethoxymethyl group; a tetrahydropyranyl group; a trimethylsilylethoxymethyl group; an aralkyl group such as a benzyl group, a p-methoxybenzyl group, a 2,3-dimethoxybenzyl group, an o-nitrobenzyl group, a p-nitrobenzyl group, a trityl group; an acyl group such as a formyl group, an acetyl group et al. Especially preferred are a methyl group, a methoxymethyl group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, a trityl group, a trimethylsilylethoxymethyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group, an acetyl group et al.
- Not specifically limited, the carboxyl-protective group may be any one having its function, and includes, for example, a lower alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group; a lower haloalkyl group such as a 2,2,2-trichloroethyl group; a lower alkenyl group such as a 2-propenyl group; an aralkyl group such as a benzyl group, a p-methoxybenzyl group, a p-nitrobenzyl group, a benzhydryl group, a trityl group et al. Especially preferred are a methyl group, an ethyl group, a tert-butyl group, a 2-propenyl group, a benzyl group, a p-methoxybenzyl group, a benzhydryl group et al.
- Not specifically limited, the protective group for oxo group and carbonyl group may be any one having its function, and includes, for example, acetals and ketals such as ethylene ketal, trimethyl ketal, dimethyl ketal et al.
- The removal of the protective group, though differing depending on the type of the protective group and the stability of the product compound [I], may be attained, for example, through solvolysis with acid or base, for example, according to methods described in literature [see Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene, John Wiley & Sons, 1981], concretely, for example, according to a method of processing with from 0.01 mol to a large excessive amount of an acid, preferably trifluoroacetic acid, formic acid, hydrochloric acid, or with from an equimolar amount to a large excessive amount of a base, preferably potassium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide; or through chemical reduction with a metal hydride complex, or through catalytic reduction with a palladium-carbon catalyst or a Raney-nickel catalyst.
- In a compound of formula [IV-a], when Rb is the formula (B) and Z3p is a single bond, or that is, when the compound is a formula [IV-b], then a compound of a formula [I-1P] may be obtained according to the following method. The obtained compound may be led to a compound of formula [I] according to the production method 3.
-
- Specifically, the protective group P2 in a compound of formula [IV-b] is removed to give a compound of formula [IV-c], and subsequently, the compound of formula [IV-c] is reacted with a compound of formula [Va] according to the production method 1 to give a compound of formula [I-1P], and further, when the compound has a protective group, the compound is deprotected according to the production method 3 to obtain the intended compound.
-
- In this method, 1) a compound of formula [IV-c] is condensed with a compound of formula [Vb] in a reaction solvent in the presence of a base to give a compound of formula [IV-d], and then 2) the compound of formula [IV-d] is reacted with an amine derivative of formula [Vc] in the presence of a base to give a compound of formula [I-1P].
- The base includes amines such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, tetrabutylammonium fluoride; inorganic bases such as cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide; and organic bases such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide.
- The amount of the base to be used may be from 1 mol to an excessive molar amount relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [Vb], preferably from 2 mols to 10 mols.
- The amount of the compound of formula [Vb] to be used may be from 1 mol to an excessive molar amount relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IV-c], preferably from 5 mols to 20 mols.
- The reaction solvent includes halogenocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-heptane, n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, THF, dioxane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; acetonitrile, NMP, DMF, DMSO et al; and their mixed solvents.
- The reaction temperature may be from 0°C to 200°C, preferably from 50°C to 150°C, and in general, the reaction takes 2 hours to 24 hours.
- The compound of formula [Vb] may be a commercially-available reagent, including, for example, 1,2-dibromoethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, 1-bromo-2-chloroethane, 1-chloro-2-iodoethane, 1,2-diiodoethane, 1-chloro-3-iodopropane, 1-bromo-3-iodopropane, 1,3-dibromopropane, 1,3-dichloropropane, 1-bromo-3-chloropropane et al.
- The base includes inorganic bases such as cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate.
- The amount of the base may be from 1 mol to an excessive molar amount relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IV-d], preferably from 2 mols to 10 mols.
- The amount of the compound of formula [Vc] to be used may be from 1 mol to an excessive molar amount relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IV-d], preferably from 5 mols to 20 mols.
- The reaction solvent includes halogenocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-heptane, n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, THF, dioxane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; acetonitrile, NMP, DMF, DMSO et al; and their mixed solvents.
- The reaction temperature may be from 0°C to 200°C, preferably from 20°C to 150°C, and in general, the reaction takes 30 minutes to 12 hours.
- The compound of formula [Vc] includes dimethylamine, diethylamine, di-n-propylamine, N-ethylmethylamine, N-methyl-n-propylamine, N-methyl-isopropylamine, N-ethyl-n-propylamine, N-ethyl-isopropylamine, aziridine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, N-methylpiperazine, morpholine, methylamine, ethylamine, n-propylamine, isopropylamine, cyclopropylamine, n-butylamine, sec-butylamine, tert-butylamine, cyclopropanemethylamine et al.
- In a compound of formula [IV-a], when Dp is (b), or that is, a compound of formula [IV-d] may be converted into a compound of formula [IV-f] according to the following method.
- Specifically, the protective group P1 in the compound of formula [IV-d] is removed to give a compound of formula [IV-e], and then the compound of formula [IV-e] is reacted with a compound of formula [Vd] to give a compound of formula [IV-f].
- The reaction of a compound of formula [IV-e] with a compound of formula [Vd] where J is a hydroxyl group may be attained according to the production method 1 to give a compound of formula [IV-f].
- In the reaction of a compound of formula [IV-e] with a compound of formula [Vd] where J is a leaving group, in general, from 1 mol to an excessive molar amount, preferably from 1 mol to 2 mols of the compound [Vd] may be used relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IV-e].
- The base includes inorganic bases such as cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide; organic bases such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, preferably cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydroxide.
- The amount of the base to be used may be from 1 mol to an excessive molar amount relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IVe], preferably from 1 mol to 4 mols.
- The reaction solvent includes halogenocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-heptane, n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, THF, dioxane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; acetonitrile, NMP, DMF, DMSO et al; and their mixed solvents.
- The reaction temperature may be generally from -20°C to 200°C, preferably from 0°C to 100°C, and in general, the reaction takes 2 hours to 24 hours.
- In the compound of formula [IV-f], if desired, the protective group may be removed to give a compound of formula [I].
-
- Specifically, a compound of formula [IIb] is condensed with a compound of formula [IIIb] in a reaction solvent in the presence of a base to give a compound of formula [VIa].
- The base includes amines such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, tetrabutylammonium fluoride; inorganic bases such as cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide; organic bases such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide.
- The amount of the compound of formula [IIb] to be used may be from 1 mol to 2 mols relative to 1 mol of the compound of formula [IIIb], preferably from 1 mol to 1.5 mols.
- The amount of the base to be used may be from 1 mol to 3 mols relative 1 mol of the compound of formula [IIb], preferably from 1 mol to 2 mols.
- The reaction solvent includes halogenocarbons such as methylene chloride, chloroform, dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as n-heptane, n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene; ethers such as diethyl ether, THF, dioxane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether; acetonitrile, NMP, DMF, DMSO et al; and their mixed solvents.
- The reaction temperature may be from -20°C to 200°C, preferably from 0°C to 100°C, and in general, the reaction takes 5 minutes to 12 hours.
-
- The compound of formula [IV-a] in which Rb is (B) may be reacted according to the production method 4; and the compound where Dp is (b) may be reacted according to the production method 5; and the production method 4 and the production method 5 may be suitably combined.
- The production method 8 provides a production method for a compound of formula [I] where Z1 is a carbon atom, or that is, a compound of formula [I-2P].
- Specifically, an alcohol obtained through removal of the hydroxyl-protective group P2 in a compound of formula [VII-a] is mesylated (or tosylated or halogenated for leaving group introduction) in a conventional known method; then the obtained compound is reacted with an amine derivative of a formula [Vc] in the presence of a base to give a compound of formula [I-2P]. The removal of the hydroxyl protective group P2, the mesylation (or leaving group introduction) may be attained in a conventional known method.
- A compound of formula [VII-a] ([VII-a1] or [VII-a2]) may be obtained by condensing a compound of formula [IIa] or [IIb] with a compound of formula [VIIIa] or [VIIIa] as in the production method 9. For the reaction condition, referred to are those for the above-mentioned production methods.
- A compound of formula [IIa], a compound of formula [IIb] or their derivatives may be produced according to the following production methods:
-
- A compound 1 described in Tetrahedron (2004), 60(31), 6461-6474 is reacted with a compound 2, in methylene chloride in the presence of molecular sieves (MS-4A) along with copper acetate and triethylamine at room temperature to give a compound 3. The compound 3 is reacted in acetonitrile with trichlorosilane and sodium iodide at 0°C to room temperature to give a compound 4.
- The compound 2 may be a commercial reagent, or may be prepared according to the method described in Examples.
-
- A compound 5 described in J.O.C. (1988), 57(7), 1367-1371 is condensed with a compound 6 in N-methylpyrrolidone in the presence of cesium carbonate with a catalyst of copper chloride at 120°C to give a compound 3. Further, the compound 3 is processed according to the production method 9 to give a compound 4.
- The compound 6 may be a commercial reagent, or may be prepared according to the method described in Examples.
-
- A compound 7 is reacted with phosphorus oxychloride under reflux to give a compound 8. Next, the compound 8 is reacted with m-chloroperbenzoic acid (mCPBA) in chloroform at room temperature to give a compound 9. Subsequently, in acetonitrile, this is reacted with trifluoroacetic acid anhydride (TFAA) at room temperature to give a compound 10. Production Method 10d:
-
- 4-Nitropyridine-1-oxide is reacted with sodium hydride in DMF at 0°C for about 30 minutes, then a compound 11 is added and further reaction to give a compound 7a. Subsequently, the compound 7a is refluxed in acetic anhydride for about 1 hour to give a compound 7.
- A compound of formula [IIIa], a compound of formula [IIIb], their derivative and compounds of formula [VIII] can be prepared according to the following production methods. Production Method 11:
- The hydroxyl group of a compound of a formula [IX] is protected to give a compound of a formula [IXa], then the ester group of the compound of formula [IXa] is reduced, for example, with lithiumaluminium hydride (LAH) to give a compound of a formula [VIIIa]. Next, the compound of formula [VIIIa] is processed for introduction of a leaving group thereinto through tosylation, mesylation or halogenation to give a compound of a formula [VIIIb].
-
- The hydroxyl group of a compound of a formula [IX] is processed according to the production method 8 to give a compound of a formula (3a') via a compound of a formula [IXb]. Next, the ester moiety in the compound of formula (3a') is reduced, for example, with LAH to give a compound of a formula [IIIa], and optionally it may be converted into a compound of a formula [IIIb].
- The compounds of formula [I] obtained according to the above-mentioned methods may be readily isolated and purified in any conventional known separation method. The method includes, for example, solvent extraction, recrystallization, column chromatography, liquid chromatography, or preparative thin-layer chromatography.
- Depending on the type of the substituent therein, the compounds of the invention may be in any form of stereoisomers and tautomers such as optical isomers, diastereomers, geometrical isomers; and the compounds of the invention include all those stereoisomers and tautomers and their mixtures.
- The usefulness of the compounds of the invention as medicines is verified, for example, by the following pharmacological test example.
- A human MCH-1R encoding cDNA sequence [FEBS Letters, Vol. 398, 253 (1996); Biochimica et Biophisica Acta, Vol. 1401, 216 (1998)] was cloned to a plasmid vector pEF/myc/cyto (Invitrogen Corporation). The obtained expression vector was transfected to host cells CHO-K1 (American Type Culture Collection) using Lipofectamine Plus Reagent (Life Technology Inc.) to provide MCH-1R expression cells.
- Membrane samples prepared from the MCH-1R expression cells were incubated with each test compound and 50 pM of [125I]MCH (NEN Co.), in an assay buffer (50 mM Tris buffer comprising 10 mM magnesium chloride, 2 mM ethylenediamine tetraacetate, 0.01 % bacitracin and 0.2 % bovine serum albumin; pH 7.4) at 25°C for an hour, followed by filtration through a glass filter GF/C (Wattman Co.). After washing the glass filter with 50 mM Tris buffer (pH 7.4) comprising 10 mM magnesium chloride, 2 mM ethylenediamine tetraacetate and 0.04 % Tween-20, the radioactive activity on the glass filter was measured. The non-specific binding was measured in the presence of 1 µM human MCH and 50 % inhibition concentration (IC50 value) of each test compound to the specific [125I]MCH binding was determined. The results are shown in Table 1.
Compound IC50 (nM) Example 1 5.0 Example 2 5.9 Example 14 7.3 Example 26 5.8 Example 41 3.0 Example 72 2.6 - The compounds of the invention has an MCH-1R antagonistic effect, and are useful as a preventive or a remedy for metabolic disorders such as obesity, diabetes, hormone disorder, hyperlipidemia, gout, fatty liver, hepatitis, cirrhosis; cardiovascular disorders such as stenocardia, acute or congestive heart failure, myocardial infarction, coronary atherosclerosis, hypertension, renal diseases, electrolyte abnormality; central and peripheral nervous system disorders such as bulimia, emotional disturbance, depression, anxiety, epilepsy, delirium, dementia, schizophrenia, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, memory impairment, sleep disorders, cognitive failure, dyskinesia, paresthesias, smell disorders, morphine tolerance, drug dependence, alcoholism; reproductive disorders such as infertility, preterm labor and sexual dysfunction; and other digestive disorders, respiratory disorders, cancer or pigmentation; especially as a preventive or a remedy for obesity.
- The compound of the invention can be orally or parenterally administered, and can be formulated into preparations suitable to the administration thereof, which may be used as a preventive or a remedy for metabolic disorders such as obesity, diabetes, hormone disorder, hyperlipidemia, gout, fatty liver, hepatitis, cirrhosis; cardiovascular disorders such as stenocardia, acute or congestive heart failure, myocardial infarction, coronary atherosclerosis, hypertension, renal diseases, electrolyte abnormality; central and peripheral nervous system disorders such as bulimia, emotional disturbance, depression, anxiety, epilepsy, delirium, dementia, schizophrenia, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, memory impairment, sleep disorders, cognitive failure, dyskinesia, paresthesias, smell disorders, morphine tolerance, drug dependence, alcoholism; reproductive disorders such as infertility, preterm labor and sexual dysfunction; and other digestive disorders, respiratory disorders, cancer or pigmentation; especially as a preventive or a remedy for obesity.
- In its clinical use, the compound of the invention may be formulated into various preparations along with a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier added thereto generally in accordance with the administration route thereof, and the thus-formulated pharmaceutical composition may be administered. As the carriers, usable are various conventional additives known in the field of pharmaceutical preparations. For example, they include gelatin, lactose, white sugar, titanium oxide, starch, crystalline cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, corn starch, microcrystalline wax, white petrolatum, magnesium aluminate metasilicate, anhydrous calcium phosphate, citric acid, trisodium citrate, hydroxypropyl cellulose, sorbitol, sorbitan fatty acid esters, polysorbate, sucrose fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene, hardened castor oil, polyvinylpyrrolidone, magnesium stearate, light silicic anhydride, talc, vegetable oils, benzyl alcohol, gum arabic, propylene glycol, polyalkylene glycol, cyclodextrin and hydroxypropylcyclodextrin et al.
- Preparations to be formed of a mixture of the carrier and a compound of the invention include, for example, solid preparations such as tablets, capsules, granules, powders and suppositories; and liquid preparations such as syrups, elixirs and injections. These may be formulated according to conventional methods known in the field of pharmaceutical preparations. The liquid preparations may also be in such a form that may be dissolved or suspended in water or in any other suitable medium in their use. Especially for injections, if desired, the preparations may be dissolved or suspended in physiological saline or glucose liquid, and a buffer or a preservative may be optionally added thereto.
- The pharmaceutical compositions may contain a compound of the invention in an amount of from 1.0 to 100 % by weight, preferably from 1.0 to 60 % by weight of the composition, and may contain a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier in an amount of from 0 to 99.9 % by weight, preferably from 40 to 99.0 % by weight. The compositions may further contain any other therapeutically-effective compound, for example, a remedial agent for diabetes, a remedial agent for hypertension, a remedial agent for arteriosclerosis.
- In case where the compounds of the invention are used for prevention, treatment or remedy of the above-mentioned diseases or disorders, then the dose and the dosing frequency may be varied, depending on the sex, the age, the body weight and the disease condition of the patient and on the type and the range of the intended remedial effect. In general, the dose may be from 0.001 to 50 mg/kg of body weight/day, and it may be administered at a time or in a few times. The dose is preferably from about 0.01 to about 25 mg/kg/day, more preferably from about 0.05 to about 10 mg/kg/day.
- The compounds of the invention can be used in combination with drugs effective for hypertension, obesity-associated hypertension, hypertension-associated diseases, hypertrophy, left ventricular hypertrophy, metabolic disorders, obesity, obesity-associated diseases and the like (hereafter referred to as "co-drugs"). Such drugs can be administered simultaneously, separately or in succession, for prevention or treatment of the above-mentioned diseases. When a compound of the invention is used simultaneously with one, two or more of co-drugs, they may be formulated into a medical preparation suited for single administration form. Whereas, in combination therapy, a composition containing a compound of the invention and a co-drug may be administered to the object of medication in different packages, either simultaneously, separately or successively. They may be administered at time intervals.
- The dose of the co-drug may be determined in accordance with the clinically adopted dose thereof, which can be suitably selected according to the individual object of medication, the administration route, the specific disease, the combination of drugs, and the like. The form of the co-drug for administration is not specifically limited, and it may be combined with a compound of the invention when they are administered. The administration mode includes, for example, the following: (1) A compound of the invention is combined with a co-drug to give a single preparation for single administration; (2) a compound of the invention and a co-drug are separately formulated into different two preparations, and the two preparations are simultaneously administered in one administration route; (3) a compound of the invention and a co-drug are separately formulated into different two preparations, and they are administered at different times in one and the same administration route; (4) a compound of the invention and a co-drug are separately formulated into different two preparations, and they are administered at the same time in two different administration routes; (5) a compound of the invention and a co-drug are separately formulated into different two preparations, and they are administered at different times in different administration routes (for example, a compound of the invention and a co-drug are administered in that order, or in an order contrary to this). The blend ratio of the compound of the invention and the co-drug may be suitably determined depending on the administration object, the administration route, and the disease for the administration.
- The co-drugs usable in the invention include, for example, "drugs for diabetes", "drugs for hyperlipidemia", "drugs for hypertension", "anti-obesity drugs". Two or more such co-drugs may be combined in an adequate ratio and used.
- "Drugs for diabetes" include, for example,
- 1) PPAR-γ agonists such as glitazones (e.g., ciglitazone, darglitazone, englitazone, isaglitazone, MCC-555, et al), pioglitazone, rosiglitazone, troglitazone, BRL49653, CLX-0921, 5-BTZD, GW-0207, LG-100641, LY-300512, et al;
- 2) biguanides such as metformin, buformin, phenformin, et al;
- 3) protein tyrosine phosphatase 1B inhibitors;
- 4) sulfonylureas such as acetohexamide, chloropropamide, diabinese, glibenclamide, glipizide, glyburide, glimepiride, gliclazide, glipentide, gliquidone, glisolamide, trazamide, tolubutamide, et al;
- 5) meglitinides such as repaglinide, nateglinide, et al;
- 6) α-glucoside hydrolase inhibitors such as acarbose, adiposine, camiglibose, emiglitate, miglitol, voglibose, pradimicin-Q, salbostatin, CKD-711, MDL-25, 673, MDL-73, 945, MOR14, et al;
- 7) α-amylase inhibitors such as tendamistat, trestatin, A1 3688, et al;
- 8) insulin secretion promoters such as linogliride, A-4166, et al;
- 9) fatty acid oxidation inhibitors such as clomoxir, etomoxir, et al;
- 10) A2 antagonists such as midaglizole, isaglidole, deriglidole, idazoxan, earoxan, fluparoxan, et al;
- 11) insulin or insulin mimetics such as biota, LP-100, novalapid, insulin detemir, insulin lispro, insulin glargine, insulin zinc, Lys-Pro-insulin, GLP-1 (73-7), GLP1 amide (7-36), et al;
- 12) non-thiazolidinediones such as JT-501, farglitazar, et al;
- 13) PPARα/γ dual-agonists such as MK-0767, CLX-0940, GW-1536, GW-1929, GW-2433, KRP-297, L-796449, LR-90 and SB219994, et al.
- "Drugs for hyperlipidemia" include, for example,
- 1) bile acid absorption promoters such as cholesterylamine, colesevelem, colestipol, crosslinked dextran dialkylaminoalkyl derivatives, Colestid™, LoCholest™, Questran™, et al;
- 2) HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors such as atorvastatin, itavastatin, fluvastatin, lovastatin, pravastatin, rivastatin, rosuvastatin, simvastatin, ZD-4522, et al;
- 3) HMG-CoA synthase inhibitors;
- 4) cholesterol absorption inhibitors such as snatol ester, β-sitosterol, sterol glucoside, ezetimibe, et al;
- 5) acyl-coenzyme A·cholesterol acyl transferase inhibitors such as avasimibe, eflucimibe, KY-505, SMP-709, et al;
- 6) CETP inhibitors such as JTT705, torcetrapib, CP532632, BAY-63-2149, SC-591, SC-795, et al;
- 7) squalane synthetase inhibitors;
- 8) antioxidants such as probucol;
- 9) PPAR-α agonists such as beclofibrate, benzafibrate, syprofibrate, clofibrate, etofibrate, fenofibrate, gemcabene, gemfibrozil, GW-7647, BM-170744, LY-518674, fibric acid derivatives (e.g., Atromid™, Lopid™, Tricor™), et al;
- 10) FXR receptor antagonists such as GW-4064, SR-103912, et al;
- 11) LXR receptor agonists such as GW3965, T9013137, XTCO-179628, et al;
- 12) lipoprotein synthesis inhibitors such as niacin;
- 13) renin-angiotensin system inhibitors;
- 14) microsome-triglyceride transport inhibitors;
- 15) bile acid resorption inhibitors such as BARA1453, SC435, PHA384640, S-435, AZD7706, et al;
- 16) PPAR-δ agonists such as GW501516, GW590735;
- 17) triglyceride synthesis inhibitors;
- 18) MTTP inhibitors such as LAB687, CP346086;
- 19) low-density lipoprotein receptor inducers;
- 20) squalane epoxidase inhibitors;
- 21) thrombocyte agglutination inhibitors;
- 22) 5-lipoxygenase activated protein inhibitors such as MK-591.
- "Drugs for hypertension" include, for example,
- 1) thiazide diuretics such as chlorothialidon, chlorothiazide, dichlorofenamide, hydrofluorothiazide, indapamide, hydrochlorothiazide, et al; loop diuretics such as bumetanide, ethacrynic acid, flosemide, tolusemide, et al; sodium diuretics such as amyloride, triamuteren, et al; aldosterone antagonist diuretics such as spironolactone, epilenone, et al;
- 2) β-adrenaline blockers such as acebutolol, atenolol, betaxolol, bevantolol, bisoprolol, bopindolol, carteolol, carvedilol, celiprolol, esmolol, indenolol, metaprolol, nadolol, nebivolol, penbutolol, pindolol, propanolol, sotalol, tartatolol, tilisolol, timolol, et al;
- 3) calcium channel blockers such as amlodipine, aranidipine, azelnidipine, barnidipine, benidipine, bepridil, cinaldipine, clevidipine, diltiazem, efonidipine, felodipine, gallopamil, isradipine, lacidipine, lemildipine, lercanidipine, nicardipine, nifedipine, nilvadipine, nimodepine, nisoldipine, nitrendipine, manidipine, pranidipine, verapamil, et al;
- 4) angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors such as benazepril, captopril, cilazapril, delapril, enalapril, fosinopril, imidapril, rosinopril, moexipril, quinapril, quinaprilat, ramipril, perindopril, perindoropril, quanipril, spirapril, tenocapril, trandolapril, zofenopril, et al;
- 5) neutral endopeptidase inhibitors such as omapatrilat, cadoxatril, ecadotril, fosidotril, sampatrilat, AVE7688, ER4030, et al;
- 6) endotheline antagonists such as tezosentan, A308165, YM62899, et al;
- 7) vasodilators such as hydraladine, clonidine, minoxidil, nicotinyl alcohol, et al;
- 8) angiotensin II antagonists such as candesartan, eporsartan, iribesartan, losartan, pratosartan, tasosartan, telmisartan, valsartan, EXP-3137, FI6828K, RNH6270, et al;
- 9) α/β adrenaline blockers such as nipradilol, arotinolol, amoslalol, et al;
- 10) α1 blockers such as terazosin, urapidil, purazosin, bunazosin, trimazosin, doxazosin, naphthopidil, indolamin, WHIP 164, XEN010, et al;
- 11) α2 agonists such as lofexidine, tiamenidine, moxonidine, rilmenidine, guanobenz, et al;
- 12) aldosterone inhibitors.
- "Anti-obesity drugs" include, for example,
- 1) 5HT (serotonin) transporter inhibitors such as paroxetine, fluoxetine, fenfluramine, fluvoxamine, sertraline, imipuramine, et al;
- 2) norepinephrine transporter inhibitors such as GW320659, desipramin, talsupramin, nomifensin, et al;
- 3) cannabinoid-1 receptor 1 (CB-1) antagonists/inverse-agonists such as limonabant (Sanofi Synthelabo), SR-147778 (Sanofi Synthelabo), BAY-65-2520 (Bayer), SLV-319 (Sorbei), as well as compounds disclosed in
USP 5,532,237 ,USP 4,973,587 ,USP 5,013,837 ,USP 5,081,122 ,USP 5,112,820 ,USP 5,292,736 ,USP 5,624,941 ,USP 6,028,084 ,WO96/33159 WO98/33765 WO98/43636 WO98/43635 WO01/09120 WO01/96330 WO98/31227 WO98/41519 WO98/37061 WO00/10967 WO00/10968 WO97/29079 WO99/02499 WO01/58869 WO02/076949 WO01/64632 WO01/64633 WO01/64634 WO03/006007 WO03/007887 EP-658546 - 4) ghrelin antagonists such as compounds disclosed in
WO01/87355 WO02/08250 - 5) histamine(H3) antagonists/inverse-agonists such as thioperamide, 3-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)propyl N-(pentenyl)carbonate, clobenpropit, iodofenpropit, imoproxyfen, GT2395, A331440, compounds disclosed in
WO02/15905 - 6) MCH-1R antagonists such as T-226296 (Takeda), SNP-7941 (Synaptic), other compounds disclosed in
WO01/82925 WO01/87834 WO02/051809 WO02/06245 WO02/076929 WO02/076947 WO02/04433 WO02/51809 WO02/083134 WO02/094799 WO03/004027 JP-A 2001-226269 - 7) MCH-2R agonists/antagonists;
- 8) NPY1 antagonists such as isopropyl 3-chloro-5-(1-(6-[2-(5-ethyl-4-methyl-thiazol-2-yl)-ethyl]-4-morpholinyl-4-yl-piridin-2-ylamino)-ethyl)phenyl]carbamate, BIBP3226, BIBO3304, LY-357897, CP-671906, GI-264879, and other compounds disclosed in
USP 6,001,836 ,WO96/14307 WO01/23387 WO99/51600 WO01/85690 WO01/85098 WO01/85173 WO01/89528 - 9) NPY5 antagonists such as 152804, GW-569180A, GW-594884A, GW-587081X, GW-548118X, FR235,208, FR226928, FR240662, FR252384, 1229U91, GI-264879A, CGP71683A, LY-377897, LY366377, PD-160170, SR-120562A, SR-120819A, JCF-104, H409/22, and other compounds disclosed in
USP 6,140,354 ,USP 6,191,160 ,USP 6,258,837 ,USP 6,313,298 ,USP 6,337,332 ,USP 6,329,395 ,USP 340,683 ,USP 6,326,375 ,USP 6,329,395 ,USP 6,337,332 ,USP 6,335,345 ,EP-01010691 EP-01044970 WO97/19682 WO97/20820 WO97/20821 WO97/20822 WO97/20823 WO98/27063 WO00/107409 WO00/185714 WO00/185730 WO00/64880 WO00/68197 WO00/69849 WO01/09120 WO01/14376 WO01/85714 WO1/85730 WO01/07409 WO01/02379 WO01/02379 WO01/23388 WO01/23389 WO01/44201 WO01/62737 WO01/62738 WO01/09120 WO02/20488 WO02/22592 WO02/48152 WO02/49648 WO02/094789 - 10) leptins such as human recombinant leptin (PEG-OB, Hoffman La Roche), recombinant methionylleptin (Amgen), et al;
- 11) leptin derivatives such as compounds disclosed in
USP 5,552,524 ,USP 5,552,523 ,USP 5,552,522 ,USP 5,521,283 ,WO96/23513 WO96/23514 WO96/23515 WO96/23516 WO96/23517 WO96/23518 WO96/23519 WO96/23520 - 12) opioid antagonists such as nalmefen (Revex™), 3-methoxynaltorexon, naloxone, naltorexone, compounds disclosed in
WO00/21509 - 13) orexin antagonists such as SB-334867A, and other compounds disclosed in
WO01/96302 WO01/68609 WO02/51232 WO02/51838 WO03/023561 - 14) bonbesin receptor subtype-3 agonists;
- 15) cholecystokinin A (CCK-A) agonists such as AR-R15849, GI-181771, JMV-180, A-71378, A-71623, SR-146131, and other compounds disclosed in
USP 5,739,106 , et al; - 16) CNTF (ciliary neurotrophic factors) such as GI-181771 (Glaxo-Smith Kline), SR146131 (Sanofi Synthelabo), butabindide, PD170,292, PD149164 (Pfizer), et al;
- 17) CNTF derivatives such as axokine (Regeneron), and other compounds disclosed in
WO94/09134 WO98/22128 WO99/43813 - 18) growth hormone secretion receptor agonists such as NN703, hexarelin, MK-0677, SM-130686, CP-424,391, L-692,429, L-163,255, and compounds disclosed in
USP 6,358,951 ,US Patent Application Nos. 2002/049196 ,2002/022637 ,WO01/56592 WO02/32888 - 19) serotonin receptor-2C agonists such as BVT933, DPCA37215, IK264, PNU22394, WAY161503, R-1065, YM348, and other compounds disclosed in
USP 3,914,250 ,WO02/36596 WO02/48124 WO02/10169 WO01/66548 WO02/44152 WO02/51844 WO02/40456 WO02/40457 - 20) melanocortin-3 receptor agonists;
- 21) melanocortin-4 receptor agonists such as CHIR86036 (Chiron), ME-10142, ME-10145 (Melacure), and other compounds disclosed in
WO99/64002 WO00/74679 WO01/991752 WO01/74844 WO01/70708 WO01/70337 WO01/91752 WO02/059095 WO02/059107 WO02/059108 WO02/059117 WO02/12166 WO02/11715 WO02/12178 WO02/15909 WO02/068387 WO02/068388 WO02/067869 WO03/007949 WO03/009847 - 22) monoamine resorption inhibitors such as sibutramine (Meridia™/Reductil™) and its salts, and other derivatives disclosed in
USP 4,476,680 ,USP 4,806,570 ,USP 5,436,272 ,US Patent Application No. 2002/0006964 ,WO01/27068 WO01/62341 - 23) serotonin re-uptake inhibitors such as dexfenfluramine, fluoxetine, and other compounds disclosed in
USP 6,365,633 ,WO01/27060 WO01/162341 - 24) glucagon-like peptide-1 agonists;
- 25) topiramate (Topimax™);
- 26) phytopharm compound 57 (e.g., CP644,673);
- 27) acetyl CoA carboxylase-2 (ACC2) inhibitors;
- 28) β-adrenalin receptor-3 agonists such as AD9677/TAK677 (Dai-Nippon Pharmaceutical/Takeda Chemical), CL-316,243, SB418790, BRL-37344, L-796568, BMS-196085, BRL-35135A, CGP12177A, BTA-243, W427353, trecadrine, Zeneca D7114, SR59119A, and other compounds disclosed in
USP 5,705,515 ,USP 5,451,677 ,WO01/74782 WO02/32898 - 29) diacylglycerol acyltransferase-1 inhibitors;
- 30) diacylglycerol acyltransferase-2 inhibitors,
- 31) fatty acid synthetase inhibitors such as carulenin, C75;
- 32) phosphodiesterase inhibitors such as theophylline, pentoxiphylline, zaprinast, sildenafil, amrinone, milrinone, cilostamide, rolipram, and cilomilast, et al;
- 32) thyroid hormone-β agonists such as KB-2611 (KaroBio BMS), and other compounds disclosed in
WO02/15845 JP-A 2000-256190 - 33) UCP (uncoupling protein)-1, 2, or 3 activators such as phytanic acid, 4-[(E)-2-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-5,5,8,8-tetramethyl-2-naphthalenyl-1-propenyl]benzoic acid (TTNPB), retinoic acid, and other compounds disclosed in
WO99/00123 - 34) acylestrogens such as oleoylestrone, and other compounds disclosed in del Mar-Grasa, M. et al., Obesity Research, 9:202-9 (2001), et al;
- 35) glucocorticoid antagonists;
- 36) 11-β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase-1 inhibitors such as BVT3498, BVT2733, and other compounds disclosed in
WO01/90091 WO01/90090 WO01/90092 - 37) stearoyl-CoA desaturase-1 inhibitors;
- 38) dipeptidyl peptidase-IV inhibitors such as isoleucine thiazolidine, valine pyrrolidide, NVP-DPP728, AF237, P93/01, TSL225, TMC-2A/2B/2C, FE999011, P9310/K364, VIP0177, SDZ274-444, and other compounds disclosed in
WO03/004498 WO03/004496 EP1258476 ,WO02/083128 WO02/062764 WO03/000250 WO03/002530 WO03/002531 WO03/002553 WO03/002539 WO03/000180 WO03/000181 - 39) lipase inhibitors such as tetrahydroliptatin (Orlistat/Xenical™), Triton WR1339, RHC80267, lipstatin, teasaponin, diethylumbelliferyl phosphate, FL-386, WAY-121898, Bay-N-3176, valilactone, esteracin, ebelactone A, ebelactone B, RHC80267, and other compounds disclosed in
WO01/77094 USP 4,598,089 ,USP 4,452,813 ,USP 5,512,565 ,USP 5,391,571 ,USP 5,602,151 ,USP 4,405,644 ,USP 4,189,438 , andUSP 4,242,453 , et al; - 39) fatty acid transporter inhibitors;
- 40) dicarboxylate transporter inhibitors;
- 41) glucose transporter inhibitors;
- 42) phosphate transporter inhibitors.
- Those combination drugs are obtained by concurrent use of a compound of the invention with one, two or more of the above co-drugs. Furthermore, the combination drugs are useful for prevention or therapy of metabolic disorders, when combined with one, two or more drugs selected from the group consisting of diabetes-treating agents and hyperlipidemia-treating agents. Combinations containing, in particular, hypertension-treating agent and anti-obesity agent are useful for prevention or treatment for metabolic disorders with synergistic effect, when diabetes-treating agent and/or hyperlipidemia-treating agent are added thereto.
- The invention is described more concretely with reference to the following Examples, to which, however, the invention should not be limited. As a microwave organic synthesis device, used was Initiator™ 60 (Biotage Japan). As silica gel for columns, used was Wakogel™ C-200 or C-300 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries); as a filled silica gel column, used was a FLASH+™ cartridge, KP-Sil FLASH12+M, FLASH25+M or FLASH40+M (Biotage Japan); as a reversed-phase column for HPLC, used was YMC-Pack™ pro C-18 (YMC); as a chiral column for HPLC, used were CHIRALPAK™ AD, CHIRALPAK™ AS, CHIRALPAK™ IA, CHIRALCEL™ OD, CHIRALCEL™ OJ (Daicel Chemical). For mass spectrometry, used was QuattroII (Micromass).
- With cooling with ice, 4-chlorobenzyl alcohol (5.35 g, 37.5 mmol) was added to a DMF (50 mL) suspension of sodium hydride (60 % oily, 1.60 g, 39.3 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. 4-Nitropyridine 1-oxide (5.00 g, 35.7 mmol) was added to the reaction liquid little by little with stirring, and stirred overnight at room temperature. Next, aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with chloroform. The obtained organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and ethyl acetate and diisopropyl ether were added to the residue, then the formed solid was collected by filtration to obtain the entitled compound (7.1 g, 84 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 236.1 (M+H). - 4-[(4-Chlorobenzyl)oxy]pyridine 1-oxide (4.0 g, 17.0 mmol) was refluxed in acetic anhydride (15 mL) for 15 hours. The reaction liquid was cooled to room temperature, then concentrated under reduced pressure, and a mixed solvent of aqueous saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and methanol was added to the obtained residue and stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. The reaction liquid was filtered through Celite, then concentrated, and aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the obtained residue, and extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, then filtered, and the obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (methanol:chloroform = 0:10 to 1:19) to obtain the entitled compound (1.96 g, 49 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO, δ ppm): 5.06 (2H, s), 5.77 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 5.85-5.95 (1H, m), 7.25 (1H, d, J=5.6 Hz).7.40-7.50 (4H, m). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 1 but changing 4-chlorobenzyl alcohol used in Reference Example 1-(1) to a corresponding benzyl alcohol compound, the entitled compound was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, δ ppm): 5.04 (2H, s), 5.79 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 5.90 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 2.4 Hz), 7.20-7.26 (3H, m), 7.45-7.50 (2H, m). - With cooling with ice, a toluene solution (66 mL, 66.0 mmol) of 1 N diisopropylaluminium hydride was gradually added to a THF solution (40 mL) of ethyl 5-chloropyridine-2-carboxylate (4.05 g, 22.0 mmol) [Heterocycles, 51(11), 2589 (1999)], then stirred at 0°C for 2 hours. Next, sodium borohydride (832 mg, 22.0 mmol) and methanol (10 mL) were added to the reaction liquid with cooling with ice, and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Ether was added to the reaction liquid, then water (5 mL) and sodium sulfate 10-hydrate were added, and stirred overnight at room temperature. The insoluble matter was removed from the reaction liquid by filtration through Celite, then the obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the entitled compound (3.14 g, 100 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 4.75 (2H, s), 7.20-7.30 (1H, m), 7.67 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 2.4 Hz), 8.53 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 1 but changing 4-chlorobenzyl alcohol used in Reference Example 1-(1) to (5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methanol, the compound of Reference Example 3 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, δ ppm): 5.14 (2H, s), 5.76 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 5.95 (1H, dd, J=7.2, 2.6), 7.26 (1H, d, J=7.2 Hz), 7.55 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 8.00 (1H, dd, J=8.8 Hz, 2.4 Hz), 8.63-8.66 (1H, m). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 3 but changing ethyl 5-chloropyridine-2-carboxylate used in Reference Example 3-(1) to ethyl (5-fluoropyridine-2-carboxylate) [Tetrahedron, 49(7), 1445 (1993)], the entitled compound was obtained.
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 221.2 (M+H). - N-butyl lithium (2.6 M n-hexane solution, 12.75 mL) was added to a THF solution (80 mL) of benzyl alcohol (5.21 mL, 50.0 mmol) at 0°C, then stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction liquid was gradually added to a tetrahydrofuran suspension (80 mL) of 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (5.00 g, 34.0 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. Next, saturated saline was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then a solution obtained by adding, with cooling with ice, n-butyllithium (2.6 M n-hexane solution, 19.05 mL) to a THF (80 mL) solution of allyl alcohol (4.80 mL, 70 mmol) followed by stirring for 30 minutes was dropwise added to a solution of the residue dissolved in THF (80 mL), with cooling with ice over 40 minutes, and then stirred at room temperature for 13 hours. Next, saturated saline was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with water and saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was dissolved in THF (140 mL), and piperidine (5.0 mL, 50.0 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (1.9 g, 1.7 mmol) were added and stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction liquid, then filtered to remove the insoluble matter. The obtained filtrate was washed with water and saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the formed solid was collected by filtration to obtain the entitled compound (735 mg, 11 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 203.1 (M+H). - The compound of Reference Example 2 (1.00 g, 4.56 mmol) was refluxed in phosphorus oxychloride (5 mL) for 2 hours. The reaction liquid was concentrated, then aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the obtained residue, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with saturated saline, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated, then the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 10:0 to 8:2) to obtain the entitled compound (567 gm, 60 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 238.0 (M+H). - With cooling with ice, m-chloroperbenzoic acid (1.44 g, 8.37 mmol) was added to a chloroform solution (20 mL) of 2-chloro-4-[(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]pyridine (1.53 g, 6.44 mmol), and stirred overnight at from 0°C to room temperature. Aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, then extracted with chloroform. The obtained organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, then filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol = 10:0 to 19:1) to obtain a white solid. Acetonitrile (47 mL) was added to the obtained solid, then trifluoroacetic acid anhydride (1.34 mL, 9.46 mmol) was added, and stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction liquid was concentrated under reduced pressure, then aqueous saturated ammonium chloride solution was added, and extracted with chloroform. The organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, then filtered, and the obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the entitled compound (982 mg, 64 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 236.1 (M+H). - Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (25 mg, 0.023 mmol) and aqueous 2 N sodium carbonate solution (0.5 mL) were added to a DME (3.3 mL) solution of 2-fluoro-4-iodopyridine (100 mg, 0.45 mmol) and 2-naphthylboronic acid (117 mg, 0.68 mmol), and irradiated with microwaves (120°C, 10 minutes). Next, water was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, then the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 85:15) to obtain the entitled compound (77 mg, 76 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 7.23-7.30 (1H, m), 7.50-7.60 (3H, m), 7.73 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 2.0 Hz), 7.87-8.00 (3H, m), 8.10-8.15 (1H, m), 8.31 (1H, d, J=5.6 Hz). - 4 N hydrochloric acid (20 mL) was added to 2-fluoro-4-(2-naphthyl)pyridine (810 mg, 3.63 mmol), and heated under reflux for 1.5 days. Water was added to the reaction liquid, then the formed solid was collected by filtration to obtain the entitled compound (802 mg, 100 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 222.1 (M+H). - Palladium acetate (92 mg, 0.41 mmol), triphenyl phosphine (215 mg, 0.82 mmol) and triethylamine (2.26 mL, 16.2 mmol) were added to 2-fluoro-4-iodopyridine (3.0 g, 13.5 mmol) and 1-fluoro-4-vinylbenzene (1.93 mL, 16.2 mmol), and stirred at 100°C for 24 hours. Ethyl acetate was added to the reaction liquid, then the formed insoluble matter was removed by filtration, the obtained filtrate was washed with aqueous saturated ammonium chloride solution and saturated saline, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 10:0 to 8:2) to obtain the entitled compound (1.46 g, 50 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 218.1 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 7-(2) but changing 2-fluoro-4-(2-naphthyl)pyridine used in Reference Example 7-(2) to 2-fluoro-4-[(E)-2-(4-fluorophenyl)vinyl]pyridine, the entitled compound was obtained.
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 216.1(M+H). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 8 but changing 1-fluoro-4-vinylbenzene used in Reference Example 8 to corresponding vinyl compounds, the compounds of Reference Examples 9 and 10 were obtained.
- Mass Spectrum (ESI): 232.1 (M+H).
- Mass Spectrum (ESI): 198.1 (M+H).
- Tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (492 mg, 0.45 mmol) and aqueous 2 N sodium carbonate solution (10 mL) were added to an ethylene glycol dimethyl ether (hereinafter referred to as "DME") (66 mL) solution of 2-fluoro-3-iodopyridine (2.00 g, 8.97 mmol) and 4-(phenoxyphenyl)boronic acid (2.50 g, 11.66 g), and heated under reflux for 12 hours. Water was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 10:0 to 17:3) to obtain the entitled compound (2.06 g, 87 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 266.1 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 7-(2) but changing 2-fluoro-4-(2-naphthyl)pyridine used in Reference Example 7-(2) to 2-fluoro-3-(4-phenoxyphenyl)pyridine, the entitled compound was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, δ ppm): 6.28 (1H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 6.95-7.05 (4H, m), 7.10-7.20 (1H, m), 7.35-7.45 (3H, m), 7.63 (1H, dd, J=6.8, 2.0 Hz), 7.70-7.80 (2H, m), 11.79 (1H, s). Reference Example 12: - 2,6-Dimethylheptane-3,5-dione (0.019 mL, 0.085 mmol), copper(I) chloride (43 mg, 0.43 mmol) and cesium carbonate (554 mg, 1.70 mmol) were added to an NMP (2 mL) solution of 3-iodo-2-methoxypyridine (200 mg, 0.85 mmol), and stirred for 2.5 days in the presence of nitrogen at 120°C. Aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, then the insoluble matter was removed by filtration through Celite, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 10:0 to 17:3) to obtain the entitled compound (49 mg, 20 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 286.0 (M+H). - With cooling with ice, sodium iodide (2.12 g, 14.2 mmol) was added to an acetonitrile solution (10 mL) of trimethylsilyl chloride (1.76 mL, 13.9 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes, and then an acetonitrile solution(5 ml) of 2-methoxy-3-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenoxy]pyridine (794 mg, 2.78 mmol) was added to the above solution, and stirred overnight at room temperature. Aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with chloroform. The obtained organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, then filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the formed solid was collected by filtration to obtain the entitled compound (443 mg, 59 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 272.0 (M+H). - [4-(Trifluoromethyl)phenyl]boronic acid (668 mg, 3.52 mmol), copper(II) acetate (480 mg, 2.64 mmol), triethylamine (0.74 mL, 5.28 mmol) and Molecular Sieve 4A (1.76 g) were added to a methylene chloride solution (20 mL) of 2-methoxypyridin-3-ol (220 mg, 1.76 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 2 days. The reaction liquid was filtered through Celite, then aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the filtrate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 10:0 to 9:1) to obtain the entitled compound (298 mg, 63 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 270.0 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 12-(2) but changing the compound used in Reference Example 12-(2) to 2-methoxy-3-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]pyridine, the compound of Reference Example 13 was obtained.
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 256.1 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 13 but changing [4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]boronic acid used in Reference Example 13 to corresponding boronic acid compounds, the compounds of Reference Examples 14 and 15 were obtained.
- Mass Spectrum (ESI): 222.0 (M+H).
- Mass Spectrum (ESI): 264.1 (M+H).
- A mixture of methyl [4-(bromomethyl)phenyl]acetate (0.50 g, 2.10 mmol) [J. Med. Chem., 44(5), 703(2001)], pyrrolidine (0.35 mL, 4.20 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.45 g, 10.50 mmol) and NMP (10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 days. Next, aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (methanol:chloroform = 0:10 to 1:19) to obtain the entitled compound (0.30 g, 62 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 234.1 (M+H). - At -78°C, a THF solution (10 mL) of methyl [4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl]acetate (1.15 g, 4.93 mmol) was added to a THF solution (10 mL) of LAH (225 mg, 5.92 mmol), then the reaction liquid was stirred for 5 hours with gradually heating up to room temperature. Excessive sodium sulfate 10-hydrate was gradually added to the reaction liquid, then stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction liquid was filtered through Celite, then the obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the entitled compound (0.97 g, 95 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 206.1 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 16 but changing pyrrolidine used in Reference Example 16 to diethylamine, the compound of Reference Example 17 was obtained. Mass Spectrum (ESI): 208.1 (M+H).
- In the same manner as in Reference Example 16-(2) but changing methyl [4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl]acetate used in Reference Example 16-(2) to methyl 4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)benzoate [J. Med. Chem., 38(2), 234(1995)], the compound of Reference Example 18 was obtained.
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 192.2 (M+H). - Tetraethylammonium cyanide (3.8 g, 24.3 mmol) was added to a DMF solution (50 mL) of 4-bromo-1-(bromomethyl)-2-fluorobenzene (5.0 g, 18.7 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 19.5 hours. Next, aqueous saturated ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 10:0 to 9:1) to obtain the entitled compound (2.11 g, 53 %).
Mass Spectrum (APCI): 214.0 (M+H). - Hydrochloric acid (10 mL) was added to an ethanol solution (20 mL) of (4-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)acetonitrile (2.11 g, 9.86 mmol), and heated under reflux for 15 hours. Next, with cooling with ice, aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was gradually added to the reaction liquid for neutralization. After extracted with ethyl acetate, the obtained organic layer was washed with saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 10:0 to 9:1) to obtain the entitled compound (1.81 g, 70 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, δ ppm): 1.26 (3H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 3.62 (2H, s), 4.17 (2H, q, J=7.2 Hz), 7.12-7.18 (1H, m), 7.23-7.28 (2H, m). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 16-(2) but changing methyl [4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl]acetate used in Reference Example 16-(2) to ethyl (4-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)acetate, the compound of Reference Example 19-(3) was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 2.85-2.90 (2H, m), 3.80-3.90 (2H, m), 7.10-7.16 (1H, m), 7.20-7.27 (2H, m). - With cooling with ice, tert-butyl(chloro)dimethylsilane (678 mg, 4.5 mmol) and imidazole (306 mg, 4.5 mmol) were added to a THF solution (10 mL) of 2-(4-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)ethanol (894 mg, 4.1 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. Aqueous saturated ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with saturated saline, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 10:0 to 9:1) to obtain the entitled compound (945 mg, 69 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): -0.032 (6H, s), 0.85 (9H, s), 2.77-2.85 (2H, m), 3.78 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 7.10 (1H, t, J=8.8 Hz), 7.17-7.22 (2H, m). - Palladium acetate (63 mg, 0.28 mmol), bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (310 mg, 0.56 mmol) and triethylamine (0.79 mL, 5.7 mmol) were added to a n-propanol solution (10 mL) of the compound obtained in the above (4) (945 mg, 2.84 mmol), and stirred in the presence of carbon monoxide at 100°C for 15 hours. The reaction liquid was concentrated under reduced pressure, then ethyl acetate was added, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was washed with aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 10:0 to 9:1) to obtain the entitled compound (817 mg, 85 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): -0.04 (6H, s), 0.85 (9H, s), 1.03 (3H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 1.79 (2H, qt, J=7.2, 6.4 Hz), 2.91 (2H, brd, J=6.4 Hz), 3.83 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 4.27 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 7.30 (1H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 7.67 (1H, dd, J=10.4, 1.6 Hz), 7.75 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 1.6 Hz). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 16-(2) but changing the compound used in Reference Example 16-(2) to propyl 4-(2-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}ethyl)-3-fluorobenzoate, the compound of Reference Example 19-(6) was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): -0.02 (6H, s), 0.86 (9H, s), 2.85 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.80 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.66 (2H, s), 7.04 (2H, d, J=9.2 Hz), 7.21 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz). - With cooling with ice, triethylamine (0.40 mL, 2.88 mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (0.20 mL, 2.64 mmol) were added to an ethyl acetate solution (10 mL) of the compound obtained in the above (6) (685 mg, 2.40 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction liquid was filtered, then the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Next, in the same manner as in Reference Example 16-(1) but changing methyl [4-(bromomethyl)phenyl]acetate used in Reference Example 16-(1) to the obtained residue, the compound of Reference Example 19-(7) was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): -0.03 (6H, s), 0.85 (9H, s), 1.75-1.80 (4H, m), 2.45-2.52 (4H, m), 2.84 (2H, t, J=6.6 Hz), 3.57 (2H, s), 3.79 (2H, t, J=6.6 Hz), 7.00 (2H, d, J=9.2 Hz), 7.14 (1H, t, J=7.2 Hz). - With cooling with ice, tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1.0 M THF solution, 2.2 mL) was added to a THF solution (10 mL) of the compound obtained in the above (7), and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, then extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol = 10:0 to 9:1) to obtain the entitled compound (274 mg, 66 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.76-1.82 (4H, m), 2.47-2.54 (4H, m), 2.90 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 3.58 (2H, s), 3.85 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 7.04 (2H, d, J=9.2 Hz), 7.17 (1H, t, J=7.2 Hz). Reference Example 20: - With cooling with ice, triethylamine (0.78 mL, 7.84 mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (0.56 mL, 7.18 mmol) were added to an ethyl acetate solution (20 mL) of 2-[4-(1,3-dioxan-2-ylmethyl)phenyl]ethanol (1.36 g, 6.53 mmol), and stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction liquid was filtered, then the obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and without purification, it was dried to obtain the entitled compound, which was used in the next reaction.
- In the same manner as in Referential Example 19-(4) but changing methyl 2-(4-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)ethanol used in Reference Example 19-(4) to methyl [4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]acetate, the compound of Reference Example 21-(1) was obtained. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.03 (6H, s), 0.84 (9H, s), 3.59 (2H, s), 3.77 (3H, s), 4.63 (2H, s), 7.14 (2H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.18 (2H, d, J=8.0 Hz).
- The same process as in Referential Example 16-(2) but changing methyl [4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl]acetate used in Reference Example 16-(2) to methyl [4-({[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)phenyl]acetate was carried out, and without purification, the product was used in the next reaction.
- 4-Toluenesulfonyl chloride (8.9 g, 46.9 mmol), triethylamine (6.5 mL, 46.9 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (476 mg, 3.9 mmol) were added to a chloroform solution of the compound obtained in the above (2) (10.42 g, 39.10 mmol), and stirred overnight at room temperature. Aqueous potassium carbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with chloroform. The obtained organic layer was washed with aqueous ammonium chloride solution and saturated saline, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 10:0 to 17:3) to obtain the entitled compound (14.64 g, 89 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.10 (6H, s), 0.94 (9H, s), 2.43 (3H, s), 2.94 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 4.19 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 4.70 (2H, s), 7.07 (2H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.20 (2H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.28 (2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.68 (2H, d, J=8.6 Hz). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 21 but changing methyl [4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]acetate used in Reference Example 21-(1) to methyl [6-hydroxymethyl)pyridin-3-yl]acetate (
JP-A 48-099178
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 422.2 (M+H). - [1-(Tert-butoxycarbonyl)-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]boronic acid (789 mg, 3.74 mmol), dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (175 mg, 0.25 mmol) and aqueous 2 M sodium carbonate solution (4 mL) were added to a THF solution (5 mL) of 2-(4-bromophenyl)ethanol (500 mg, 2.49 mmol), and stirred at 80°C for 4 hours in the presence of nitrogen. Next, aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 10:0 to 7:3) to obtain the entitled compound (519 mg, 73 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 288.2 (M+H). - An aqueous solution (20 mL) of platinum (30 wt. % activated charcoal, 2.0 g) was added to an ethanol solution of the compound obtained in the above (1) (6.67 g, 23.0 mmol), and stirred at 70°C for 1.5 days under hydrogen pressure (60 kgf/cm2). Next, the reaction liquid was filtered, and the obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 10:0 to 1:1) to obtain the entitled compound (6.02 g, 90 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 292.2 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 21-(3) but exchanging 2-[4-({[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)phenyl]ethanol used in Reference Example 21-(3) to tert-butyl 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)phenyl]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate, the compound of Reference Example 23 was obtained.
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 446.2 (M+H). - Tributyl(vinyl)stannane (2.34 mL, 7.99 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (385 mg, 0.33 mmol) were added to a DMF solution (20 mL) of tert-butyl (4-bromobenzyl)methylcarbamate (2.0 g, 6.66 mmol) (
WO00/014109
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.54 (9H, s), 2.70-2.90 (3H, m), 4.41 (2H, s), 5.23 (1H, d, J=10.6 Hz), 5.74 (1H, d, J=17.6 Hz), 6.70 (1H, dd, J=17.6, 10.6 Hz), 7.10-7.24 (2H, m), 7.37 (2H, d, J=8.0 Hz). - 9-BBN (0.5 M THF solution, 33.6 mL) was added to a THF solution (26 mL) of the compound obtained in the above (1) (1.39 g, 5.60 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 3 days. Next, the reaction liquid was cooled to -30°C, 30 % hydrogen peroxide water (1.9 mL) was gradually added, and thereafter aqueous 3 N sodium hydroxide solution (3.0 mL) was added, and stirred at -30°C to room temperature for 7 hours. Water was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ether. The obtained organic layer was washed with water and saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 10:0 to 1:1) to obtain the entitled compound (943 mg, 63 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.48 (9H, s), 2.70-3.00 (5H, m), 3.80-3.90 (2H, m), 4.38 (2H, s), 7.10-7.20 (4H, m). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 21-(3) but changing 2-[4-({[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)phenyl]ethanol used in Reference Example 21-(3) to tert-butyl [4-(2-hydroxyethyl)benzyl]methylcarbamate, the compound of Reference Example 24 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3,δ ppm): 1.48 (9H, s), 2.44 (3H, s), 2.70-2.85 (3H, m), 2.94 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.20 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.38 (2H, s), 7.07 (2H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.12 (2H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.29 (2H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.70 (2H, d, J=8.0 Hz). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 24 but changing tert-butyl (4-bromobenzyl)methylcarbamate used in Reference Example 24 to tert-butyl [4-(2-hydroxyethyl)benzyl]propylcarbamate (
WO93/18035
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.84 (3H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 1.30-1.80 (11H, m), 2.44 (3H, s), 2.94 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.00-3.20 (2H, m), 4.19 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.30-4.50 (2H, m), 7.06 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.12 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.29 (2H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.65-7.75 (2H, m). - With cooling with ice, sodium hydride (60 % oily, 164 mg, 4.1 mmol) and (4-methoxyphenyl)methanol (0.51 mL, 4.10 mmol) were added to a DMF solution (10 mL) of 4-bromo-1-(bromomethyl)-2-fluorobenzene (1.0 g, 3.73 mmol), and stirred overnight at 0°C to room temperature. Next, aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with saturated saline, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 10:0 to 9:1) to obtain the entitled compound (1.11 g, 91 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 3.82 (3H, s), 4.51 (2H, s), 4.53 (2H, s), 6.87-6.92 (2H, m), 7.20-7.35 (5H, m). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 24 but changing tert-butyl (4-bromobenzyl)methylcarbamate used in Reference Example 24-(1) to 4-bromo-2-fluoro-1-{[(4-methoxybenzyl)oxy]methyl}benzene, the compound of Reference Example 26 was obtained. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 2.42 (3H, s), 2.93 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 3.81 (3H, s), 4.20 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 4.51 (2H, s), 4.54 (2H, s), 6.74-6.80 (1H, m), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.25-7.35 (5H, m), 7.67 (2H, d, J=8.4 Hz).
- In the same manner as in Reference Example 24 but changing tert-butyl (4-bromobenzyl)methylcarbamate used in Reference Example 24 to corresponding known compounds, the compounds of Reference Examples 27 to 29 were obtained.
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.45 (3H, d, J=6.2 Hz), 2.43 (3H, s), 2.95 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 3.37 (3H, s), 4.30 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 4.51 (1H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 4.56 (1H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 4.72 (1H, q, J=6.2 Hz), 7.09 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.23 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.29 (2H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.71 (2H, d, J=8.4 Hz).
- Mass Spectrum (ESI): 365.1 (M+H).
- Mass Spectrum (ESI): 365.0 (M+H).
- In the same manner as in Reference Example 21-(3) but changing 2-[4-({[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)phenyl]ethanol used in Reference Example 21-(3) to 2-{5-[(methoxymethoxy)methyl]pyridin-2-yl)ethanol [J. Med. Chem., 39, 5050, (1996)], the compound of Reference Example 30 was obtained.
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 352.1(M+H). - Ethyl bromo(difluoro)acetate (1.30 mL, 9.85 mL) and copper powder (4.04 g, 27.6 mmol) were added to a DMSO solution (20 mL) of ethyl 4-iodobenzoate (1.43 mL, 9.85 mmol), and stirred at 55°C for 2 days. Next, aqueous saturated ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with aqueous ammonium chloride solution and saturated saline, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 10:0 to 9:1) to obtain the entitled compound (1.48 g, 55 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.30 (3H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 1.39 (3H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 4.30 (2H, q, J=7.2 Hz), 4.40 (2H, q, J=7.2 Hz), 7.69 (2H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 8.13 (2H, d, J=8.4 Hz). - With cooling with ice, sodium borohydride was added to a methanol solution (20 mL) of the compound obtained in the above (1) (1.48 g, 5.44 mmol), and stirred at 0°C to room temperature for 2 hours. Next, saturated saline was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 10:0 to 7:3) to obtain the entitled compound (1.11 g, 89 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.41 (3H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 1.97 (1H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.99 (2H, dt, J=7.0, 13.2 Hz), 4.40 (2H, q, J=7.2 Hz), 7.60 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 8.12 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 21-(3) but changing 2-[4-({[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)phenyl]ethanol used in Reference Example 21-(3) to ethyl 4-(1,1-fluoro-2-hydroxyethyl)benzoate, the compound of Reference Example 31 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.42 (3H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 2.45 (3H, s), 4.37 (2H, t, J=11.2 Hz), 4.41 (2H, q, J=7.0 Hz), 7.28 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.46 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.62-7.70 (2H, m), 8.05 (2H, d, J=8.4 Hz). - With cooling with ice, [bis(2-methoxyethyl)amino]sulfur trifluoride (6.0 mL, 32.3 mmol) was gradually added to a methylene chloride solution (50 mL) of methyl (4-bromophenyl)(hydroxy)acetate (5.27 g, 21.5 mmol) [Canadian Journal of Chemistry (1990), 68(2), 314-16], and stirred at 0°C to room temperature for 9 hours. With cooling with ice, aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with chloroform. The obtained organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 10:0 to 8:2) to obtain the entitled compound (4.03 g, 72 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 3.79 (3H, s), 5.76 (1H, d, J=47.2 Hz), 7.34 (2H, d, J=8.4 Hz), 7.55 (2H, d, J=8.4 Hz). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 16-(2) but changing methyl [4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl]acetate used in Reference Example 16-(2) to methyl (4-bromophenyl)(fluoro)acetate, the compound of Reference Example 32-(2) was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.90-2.00 (1H, m), 3.74-3.98 (2H, m), 5.51 (1H, ddd, J=48.4, 7.6, 3.6 Hz), 7.23 (2H, d, J=8.2 Hz), 7.53 (2H, d, J=8.2 Hz). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 19-(4) to 19-(6) but changing 2-(4-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)ethanol used in Reference Example 19-(4) to 2-(4-bromophenyl)-2-fluoroethanol, the compound of Reference Example 32-(3) was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.04 (3H, s), 0.06 (3H, s), 0.90 (9H, s), 3.75-3.95 (2H, m), 4.71 (2H, d, J=5.2 Hz), 5.48 (1H, ddd, J=48.0, 7.2, 3.2 Hz), 7.30-7.40 (4H, m). - With cooling with ice, chloromethyl methyl ether (0.26 mL, 3.40 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine 0.73 mL, 4.20 mmol) were added to a THF solution (10 mL) of the compound obtained in the above (3) (799 mg, 2.80 mmol), and stirred overnight at 0°C to room temperature. Next, aqueous saturated ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate = 10:0 to 9:1) to obtain the entitled compound (483 mg, 53 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.02 (3H, s), 0.03 (3H, s), 0.86 (9H, s), 3.39 (3H, s), 3.72-3.92 (2H, m), 4.58 (2H, s), 4.68 (2H, s), 5.45 (1H, ddd, J=48.4, 7.6, 3.6 Hz), 7.28-7.38 (4H, m). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 19-(8) but changing 1-[4-(2-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}ethyl)-3-fluorobenzyl]pyrrolidine used in Reference Example 19-(8) to tert-butyl (2-fluoro-2-{4-[(methoxymethoxy)methyl]phenyl}ethoxy)dimethylsilane, the compound of Reference Example 32 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 3.42 (3H, s), 3.75-4.00 (2H, m), 4.60 (2H, s), 4.71 (2H, s), 5.57 (1H, ddd, J=48.8, 7.6, 2.8 Hz), 7.34 (2H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.39 (2H, d, J=8.0 Hz). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 20 but changing 2-[4-(1,3-dioxan-2-ylmethyl)phenyl]ethanol used in Reference Example 20 to corresponding known compounds, the compounds of Reference Examples 33 and 34 were obtained.
- Mass Spectrum (ESI): 260.1 (M+H).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3,δ ppm): 0.10 (6H, s), 0.94 (9H, s), 2.89 (3H, s), 4.76 (2H, s), 5.24 (2H, s), 7.42-7.33 (4H, m).
- The compound of Reference Example 2 (90 mg, 0.41 mmol), the compound of Reference Example 16 (100 mg, 0.49 mmol), triphenyl phosphine (163 mg, 0.62 mmol) and diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (0.12 mL, 0.62 mmol) were stirred in methylene chloride (10 mL) for 1 day and a half. Aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, then extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (methanol:chloroform = 1:19) to obtain the entitled compound (8.7 mg, 4 %). 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.75-1.82 (4H, m), 2.44-2.56 (4H, m), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.59 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.4, 2.7 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.7 Hz), 6.75 (1H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 7.05-7.12 (4H, m), 7.22-7.28 (2H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m).
- In the same manner as in Example 1 but changing 4-[(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one and 2-[4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl]ethanol used in Example 1 to corresponding compounds of Reference Examples or known compounds, the compounds of Examples 2 to 13 were obtained.
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.03 (6H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 2.50 (4H, q, J=7.0 Hz), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.53 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.4, 2.7 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.7 Hz), 6.74 (1H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 7.06-7.10 (4H, m), 7.22-7.27 (2H, m), 7.37 (2H, dd, J=8.8, 5.3 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.75-1.83 (4H, m), 2.45-2.55 (4H, m), 3.61 (2H, s), 4.90 (2H, s), 5.22 (2H, s), 5.64 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 3.1 Hz), 6.04 (1H, d, J=3.1 Hz), 6.94 (1H, d, J=8.2 Hz), 7.07 (2H, t, J=8.8 Hz), 7.35-7.37 (6H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.74-1.84 (4H, m), 2.44-2.56 (4H, m), 3.06 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.58 (2H, s), 4.08 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.93 (2H, s), 5.76 (1H, dd, J=7.4, 2.7 Hz), 5.97 (1H, d, J=2.7 Hz), 6.80 (1H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 7.02-7.10 (5H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 2.89-2.95 (8H, m), 4.03 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.78 (1H, dd, J=7.4, 2.7 Hz), 5.99 (1H, d, J=2.7 Hz), 6.64-6.70 (2H, m), 6.78 (1H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 6.98-7.03 (2H, m), 7.05-7.13 (2H, m), 7.33-7.40 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.74-1.84 (4H, m), 2.44-2.54 (4H, m), 3.05 (2H, t, J=6.9 Hz), 3.57 (2H, s), 4.08 (2H, t, J=6.9 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.82 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.7 Hz), 5.97 (1H, d, J=2.7 Hz), 6.82 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz), 6.97-7.07 (3H, m), 7.44 (2H, dd, J=6.2, 2.0 Hz), 8.45-8.48 (1H, s).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.04 (6H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 2.52 (4H, q, J=7.0 Hz), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.54 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.80 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.7 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.7 Hz), 6.75 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.08 (2H, d, J=8.2 Hz), 7.22-7.28 (2H, m), 7.45 (2H, dd, J=6.1, 1.8 Hz), 8.45-8.48 (1H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.03 (6H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 2.49 (4H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.06 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 3.53 (2H, s), 4.06 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 5.41 (2H, s), 5.67 (1H, d, J=7.0 Hz), 6.92 (1H, d, J=7.0 Hz), 7.08 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.23-7.28 (2H, m), 7.33-7.45 (5H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.04 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 2.51 (4H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 3.09 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.54 (2H, s), 4.20 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 6.11 (1H, t, J=6.7 Hz), 6.98 (1H, dd, J=6.7, 2.2 Hz), 7.03-7.15 (7H, m), 7.22-7.28 (2H, m), 7.32-7.36 (2H, m), 7.45 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 2.0 Hz), 7.70 (2H, td, J=5.9, 3.4 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.03 (6H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 2.50 (4H, q, J=7.2 Hz), 3.06 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.53 (2H, s), 4.19 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 5.95 (1H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 6.80 (1H, dd, J=7.0, 1.5 Hz), 6.92-6.96 (3H, m), 7.10 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.22-7.30 (4H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.03 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 2.50 (4H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 3.06 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 3.53 (2H, s), 4.19 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 6.01 (1H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 6.87 (1H, dd, J=7.1, 1.7 Hz), 7.03 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.09-7.12 (3H, m), 7.21-7.24 (2H, m), 7.57 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.03 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 2.50 (4H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 3.08 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.53 (2H, s), 4.21 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 5.96 (1H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 6.79 (1H, dd, J=7.1, 1.5 Hz), 6.96 (1H, dd, J=7.1, 1.5 Hz), 7.05-7.15 (4H, m), 7.23-7.28 (2H, m), 7.30-7.35 (1H, m), 7.40-7.45 (2H, m), 7.54-7.60 (4H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.03 (6H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 2.50 (4H, q, J=7.2 Hz), 3.06 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 3.53 (2H, s), 4.19 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 5.96 (1H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 6.82 (1H, dd, J=7.0, 1.5 Hz), 6.98-7.00 (3H, m), 7.10 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.16-7.19 (2H, m), 7.24-7.26 (2H, m).
- The compound of Reference Example 21 (6.4 g, 15.2 mmol) and cesium carbonate (8.3 g, 25.4 mmol) were added to a DMF solution (150 mL) of the compound of Reference Example 3 (3.0 g, 12.7 mmol), and stirred at 80°C for 5 hours in the presence of nitrogen. The reaction liquid was concentrated under reduced pressure, saturated ammonium chloride was added, and extracted with chloroform. The obtained organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrated was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol = 10:0 to 19:1) to obtain the entitled compound (2.5 g, 41 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 485.1 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 19-(8) but changing the compound used in Reference Example 19-(8) to the compound obtained in the above (1), the compound of Example 14-(2) was obtained.
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 371.1 (M+H). - Thionyl chloride (0.58 mL, 6.64 mmol) was added to a chloroform solution (100 mL) of the compound obtained in the above (2) (2.05 g, 5.53 mmol), and stirred with heating under reflux for 1 hour. Next, aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with chloroform. The obtained organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the entitled compound (2.02 g, 94 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 389.0 (M+H). - Diethylamine (0.64 mL, 6.18 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.42 g, 10.3 mmol) were added to an NMP solution (8 mL) of the compound obtained in the above (3), and stirred at 80°C for 12 hours. Water was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by high-performance liquid chromatography (YMC-Pack™ pro C-18, H2O (0.1 % TFA):CH3CN (0.1 % TFA) = 90:10 to 50:50) to obtain the entitled compound (557 mg, 64 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.05 (6H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 2.52 (4H, q, J=7.0 Hz), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.55 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.80 (1H, dd, J=7.4, 2.7 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.7 Hz), 6.76 (1H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 7.08 (2H, d, J=8.2 Hz), 7.22-7.28 (2H, m), 7.39 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.6, 2.3 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.3 Hz). - In the same manner as in Example 14 but changing the compound of Reference Example 3 and the compound of Reference Example 21 used in Example 14-(1) to corresponding compounds of Reference Examples and changing diethylamine used in Example 14-(4) to corresponding known amine compounds, the compounds of Examples 15 to 41 were obtained.
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.98-2.25 (2H, m), 2.41-2.51 (1H, m), 2.72-2.90 (3H, m), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.57-3.70 (2H, m), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.07-5.26 (1H, m), 5.76 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.9 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.76 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.06-7.12 (4H, m), 7.22-7.30 (2H, m), 7.35-7.39 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.04 (6H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 2.52 (4H, q, J=7.2 Hz), 3.10 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 3.55 (2H, s), 4.20 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 6.41 (1H, dd, J=7.1, 2.1 Hz), 6.94 (1H, d, J=2.1 Hz), 7.00 (1H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 7.15 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.24-7.30 (2H, m), 7.50-7.56 (2H, m), 7.67 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.0 Hz), 7.85-7.94 (3H, m), 8.02-8.06 (1H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.77-1.81 (4H, m), 2.45-2.55 (4H, m), 3.10 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.60 (2H, s), 4.20 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 6.41 (1H, dd, J=6.8, 2.0 Hz), 6.94 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz), 7.01 (1H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 7.16 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.25-7.30 (2H, m), 7.50-7.58 (2H, m), 7.67 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.0 Hz), 7.84-7.96 (3H, m), 8.02-8.06 (1H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.90 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.48-1.60 (2H, m), 2.17 (3H, s), 2.28-2.35 (2H, m), 3.05 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.45 (2H, s), 4.13 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 6.23 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 1.8 Hz), 6.58 (1H, d, J=1.8 Hz), 6.85 (1H, d, J=7.2 Hz), 6.86 (1H, d, J=16.4 Hz), 7.08-7.15 (3H, m), 7.23 (2H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.30-7.40 (3H, m), 7.48-7.55 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 2.00-2.10 (2H, m), 2.00-2.10 (2H, m), 2.40-2.50 (1H, m), 2.64-2.90 (3H, m), 3.06 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 3.60 (1H, d, J=13.0 Hz), 3.66 (1H, d, J=13.0 Hz), 4.13 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 5.06-5.26 (1H, m), 6.24 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 1.8 Hz), 6.57 (1H, d, J=1.8 Hz), 6.86 (1H, d, J=7.2 Hz), 6.86 (1H, d, J=16.0 Hz), 7.08-7.16 (3H, m), 7.22-7.28 (2H, m), 7.28-7.42 (3H, m), 7.48-7.54 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3,δ ppm): 0.90 (3H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 1.53 (2H, qt, J=7.5, 7.2 Hz), 2.17 (3H, s), 2.28-2.35 (2H, m), 3.05 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 3.45 (2H, s), 4.13 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 6.20 (1H, dd, J=7.2, 1.9 Hz), 6.56 (1H, d, J=1.9 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=16.1 Hz), 6.85 (1H, d, J=7.2 Hz), 7.04-7.12 (5H, m), 7.20-7.30 (2H, m), 7.46-7.52 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.90-2.50 (2H, m), 2.40-2.50 (1H, m), 2.65-2.84 (3H, m), 3.05 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 3.59 (1H, d, J=12.6 Hz), 3.67 (1H, d, J=12.6 Hz), 4.13 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 5.05-5.26 (1H, m), 6.21 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 2.0 Hz), 6.56 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=16.6 Hz), 6.86 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 7.04-7.16 (5H, m), 7.22-7.30 (2H, m), 7.45-7.53 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.90 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.53 (2H, qt, J=7.3, 7.6 Hz), 2.17 (3H, s), 2.28-2.35 (2H, m), 3.05 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.45 (2H, s), 4.13 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 6.20 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 2.0 Hz), 6.57 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz), 6.82 (1H, d, J=16.5 Hz), 6.85 (1H, d, J=7.2 Hz), 7.05 (1H, d, J=16.5 Hz), 7.11 (2H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.23 (2H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.32-7.38 (2H, m), 7.40-7.46 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.95-2.25 (2H, m), 2.40-2.50 (1H, m), 2.67-2.87 (3H, m), 3.05 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.59 (1H, d, J=13.0 Hz), 3.67 (1H, d, J=13.0 Hz), 4.13 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 5.05-5.26 (1H, m), 6.21 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 1.8 Hz), 6.57 (1H, d, J=1.8 Hz), 6.82 (1H, d, J=16.1 Hz), 6.86 (1H, d, J=7.2 Hz), 7.05 (1H, d, J=16.1 Hz), 7.12 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.22-7.28 (2H, m), 7.34-7.36 (2H, m), 7.41-7.46 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 2.09 (2H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.21 (4H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 3.54 (2H, s), 4.06 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.80 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.8 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.74 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.08 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.19 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.62 (8H, m), 2.61 (4H, brs), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.61 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.80 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.6 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 6.76 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.08 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.20-7.30 (2H, m), 7.39 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.79 (4H, s), 2.50 (4H, brs), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.59 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.80 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 2.8 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.76 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.09 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.22-7.30 (2H, m), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.16 (3H, d, J=6.3 Hz), 1.40-1.75 (2H, m), 1.90-2.15 (2H, m), 2.30-2.45 (2H, m), 2.80-2.90 (1H, m), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.10 (1H, d, J=12.7 Hz), 3.98 (1H, d, J=12.7 Hz), 4.05-4.09 (2H, m), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.78-5.82 (1H, m), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.74 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.08 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.20-7.30 (2H, m), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.40-1.50 (2H, m), 1.50-1.65 (4H, m), 2.30-2.40 (4H, m), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.44 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.80 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 2.9 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.76 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 7.08 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.20-7.30 (2H, m), 7.39 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.04 (6H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 2.45-2.55 (4H, m), 3.20 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 3.54 (2H, s), 4.29 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.4 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 6.93 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.04-7.10 (3H, m), 7.34-7.37 (2H, m), 7.56 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 8.47 (1H, s).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.89 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.49-1.57 (2H, m), 2.17 (3H, s), 2.32 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.21 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 3.46 (2H, s), 4.29 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 2.8 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.93 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.04-7.11 (3H, m), 7.33-7.38 (2H, m), 7.54 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.4 Hz), 8.46 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.77-1.83 (4H, m), 2.46-2.54 (4H, m), 3.20 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.60 (2H, s), 4.29 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 2.6 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 6.93 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.04-7.11 (3H, m), 7.33-7.39 (2H, m), 7.56 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.0 Hz), 8.49 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3,δ ppm): 2.06-2.13 (2H, m), 3.17-3.24 (6H, m), 3.54 (2H, s), 4.28 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.9 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.92 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.03-7.10 (3H, m), 7.33-7.38 (2H, m), 7.49 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.2 Hz), 8.44 (1H, d, J=2.2 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.78-1.84 (4H, m), 2.53-2.62 (4H, m), 3.04 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.76 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.79 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.7 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.7 Hz), 6.78 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.06-7.12 (2H, m), 7.32-7.39 (3H, m), 7.46 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.2 Hz), 8.34 (1H, d, J=2.2 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.27-1.35 (4H, m), 1.76-1.85 (4H, m), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.21-3.27 (2H, m), 3.51 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.82 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.4 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 6.78 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.09 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.25-7.32 (2H, m), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.03 (6H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 2.50 (4H, q, J=7.1 Hz), 3.20 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 3.54 (2H, s), 4.29 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 4.93 (2H, s), 5.74 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 2.4 Hz), 5.94 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 6.92 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 7.04 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.30-7.37 (4H, m), 7.56 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.0 Hz), 8.47 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.89 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.52 (2H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 2.17 (3H, s), 2.32 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.20 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.46 (2H, s), 4.29 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.93 (2H, s), 5.74 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.4 Hz), 5.94 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 6.92 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.05 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.29-7.38 (4H, m), 7.52-7.56 (1H, m), 8.46 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.77-1.81 (4H, m), 2.47-2.53 (4H, m), 3.20 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 3.60 (2H, s), 4.29 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 4.93 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.4 Hz), 5.94 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 6.93 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.05 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.29-7.38 (4H, m), 7.55 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.0 Hz), 8.49 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3,δ ppm): 2.05-2.14 (2H, m), 3.17-3.24 (6H, m), 3.54 (2H, s), 4.28 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.4 Hz), 5.93 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 6.92 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.04 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.30-7.37 (4H, m), 7.49 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.0 Hz), 8.45 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.78-1.85 (4H, m), 2.54-2.64 (4H, m), 3.04 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 3.74-3.80 (2H, m), 4.07 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.80 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 2.9 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.78 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 7.30-7.39 (5H, m), 7.46 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 2.0 Hz), 8.34 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.89 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.52-1.55 (2H, m), 2.12 (3H, s), 2.28-2.36 (2H, m), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.34-3.50 (2H, m), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.95 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 2.4 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 6.74 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 7.09 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.22-7.38 (7H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.25-1.36 (4H, m), 1.74-1.86 (4H, m), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.21-3.29 (2H, m), 3.50-3.56 (2H, m), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.95 (2H, s), 5.77 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 2.7 Hz), 5.97 (1H, d, J=2.7 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 7.10 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.26-7.38 (7H, m).
- Isopropylamine (0.085 mL, 1.0 mmol) was added to an NMP solution (3 mL) of the compound of Example 14-(3) (40.0 mg, 0.10 mmol), and irradiated with microwaves (150°C, 50 minutes). Aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by high-performance liquid chromatography (YMC-Pack™ pro C-18, H2O (0.1 % TFA):CH3CN (0.1 % TFA) = 90:10 to 50:50) to obtain the entitled compound (26.6 mg, 65 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.11 (6H, d, J=6.2 Hz), 2.84-2.90 (1H, m), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.77 (2H, s), 4.06 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.82 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.6 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.10 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.22-7.28 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.6, 2.4 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz). - The same process as in Example 14-(1) to Example 14-(3) was carried out except that the compound of Reference Example 3 and the compound of Reference Example 21 used in Example 14-(1) were changed to corresponding compounds of Reference Examples, and subsequently, the same process as in Example 42 was carried out except that the obtained compound was used in place of the compound of Example 14-(3) used in Example 42 to obtain the compounds of Examples 43 to 53.
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.19 (9H, s), 2.99 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.71 (2H, s), 4.06 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.82 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.6 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 6.78 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.09 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.22-7.30 (2H, m), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.5 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.5, 2.4 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.35-0.46 (4H, m), 2.11-2.16 (1H, m), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.81 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.81 (1H, d, J=2.9, 7.5 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.09 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.22 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 8.55-8.60 (1H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.92 (3H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 1.49-1.56 (2H, m), 2.59 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.05 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.76 (2H, s), 4.12 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 6.22 (1H, dd, J=7.1, 2.0 Hz), 6.56 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=16.6 Hz), 6.86 (1H, d, J=7.1 Hz), 7.05-7.14 (5H, m), 7.22-7.30 (2H, m).7.46-7.52 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 2.80 (2H, t, J=5.3 Hz), 3.05 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.35 (3H, s), 3.52 (2H, t, J=5.3 Hz), 3.78 (2H, s), 4.12 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 6.22 (1H, dd, J=7.1, 2.0 Hz), 6.56 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=16.6 Hz), 6.86 (1H, d, J=7.1 Hz), 7.05-7.13 (5H, m), 7.24-7.26 (2H, m), 7.47-7.52 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.79 (2H, qui, J=6.4 Hz), 2.72 (2H, t, J=6.4 Hz), 3.05 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.32 (3H, s), 3.46 (2H, t, J=6.4 Hz), 3.77 (2H, s), 4.12 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 6.23 (1H, dd, J=7.1, 2.0 Hz), 6.56 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=16.1 Hz), 6.87 (1H, d, J=7.1 Hz), 7.05-7.14 (5H, m), 7.24-7.27 (2H, m), 7.48-7.51 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.92 (3H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 1.48-1.58 (2H, m), 2.59 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.20 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 3.78 (2H, s), 4.29 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.76 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 2.9 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.94 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 7.05-7.10 (3H, m), 7.34-7.37 (2H, m), 7.56 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.0 Hz), 8.50 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.92 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.48-1.58 (2H, m), 2.59 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.20 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 3.78 (2H, s), 4.29 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 4.93 (2H, s), 5.76 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 2.9 Hz), 5.94 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.94 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 7.06 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.30-7.37 (5H, m), 7.56 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.0 Hz), 8.50 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.91 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.30-1.40 (2H, m), 1.45-1.60 (2H, m), 2.63 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.00 (3H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.77 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.82 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.9 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.10 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.22-7.28 (2H, m), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.6, 2.2 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.2 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.35-1.42 (2H, m), 1.51-1.72 (4H, m), 1.82-1.88 (2H, m), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.10 (1H, qui, J=6.8 Hz), 3.74 (2H, s), 4.06 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.81 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.9 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.09 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.20-7.30 (2H, m), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.10-0.16 (2H, m), 0.46-0.54 (2H, m), 0.95-1.05 (1H, m), 2.51 (2H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.82 (2H, s), 4.06 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.82 (1H, d, J=7.5, 2.9 Hz), 5.97 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.11 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.24-7.30 (2H, m), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.92 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.53-1.65 (2H, m), 2.61 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.80 (2H, s), 4.06 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.82 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.8 Hz), 5.97 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.78 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.11 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.24-7.30 (2H, m), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.6, 2.2 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.2 Hz).
- In the same manner as in Example 1 but changing the compound of Reference Example 16 used in Example 1 to the compound of Reference Example 23-(2), the compound of Example 54-(1) was obtained.
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 493.3 (M+H). - TFA was added to the compound obtained in the above (1) (341 mg, 0.69 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction liquid was concentrated under reduced pressure, then aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then diisopropyl ether was added to the residue, and the formed solid was collected by filtration and dried to obtain the entitled compound (199 mg, 74 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3,δ ppm): 1.85-2.10 (3H, m), 2.20-2.30 (1H, m), 2.96 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 3.08-3.17 (1H, m), 3.20-3.30 (1H, m), 3.98-4.06 (2H, m), 4.25-4.32 (1H, m), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.79 (1H, dd, J=7.4, 2.7 Hz), 5.94 (1H, d, J=2.7 Hz), 6.80 (1H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 7.04-7.10 (4H, m), 7.30 (2H, d, J=8.2 Hz), 7.33-7.39 (2H, m). - 0.2 M Zn[B(CN)H3]2 methanol solution (1.0 mL, prepared from zinc chloride and sodium cyanotrihydroborate) was added to a methanol solution (5 mL) of the compound of Example 54 and acetone (0.015 mL, 0.20 mmol), and stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction liquid was concentrated under reduced pressure, then aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by high-performance liquid chromatography (YMC-Pack™ pro C-18, H2O (0.1 % TFA):CH3CN (0.1 % TFA) = 90:10 to 50:50) to obtain the entitled compound (14.6 mg, 25 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.89 (3H, d, J=6.2 Hz), 0.99 (3H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 1.61-1.64 (1H, m), 1.74 (1H, t, J=6.1 Hz), 1.86 (1H, s), 2.11 (1H, q, J=6.0 Hz), 2.56 (1H, q, J=8.5 Hz), 2.70-2.77 (1H, m), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.07 (1H, td, J=8.3, 3.1 Hz), 3.59 (1H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.74 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.7 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.7 Hz), 6.75 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.06-7.10 (4H, m), 7.27 (10H, d, J=7.0 Hz), 7.37 (2H, dd, J=8.8, 5.3 Hz). - In the same manner as in Example 55 but changing acetone used in Example 55 to aqueous 35 % formaldehyde solution, a racemate of the entitled compound was obtained. Further, this was purified by high-performance liquid chromatography (CHIRALPAK™ AD-H, hexane:ethanol:diethylamine = 8:2:0.05) to obtain the entitled compound (fast) and (slow). (fast)
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.70-1.85 (2H, s), 1.90-2.05 (1H, s), 2.10-2.25 (4H, s), 2.25-2.35 (1H, s), 3.01 (3H, t, J=6.9 Hz), 3.20-3.30 (1H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=6.9 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.6 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 6.76 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.06-7.14 (4H, m), 7.23-7.29 (2H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m).
(slow)
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3,δ ppm): 1.75-1.90 (1H, m), 1.90-2.05 (1H, m), 2.15-2.23 (4H, m), 2.25-2.35 (1H, m), 2.98-3.08 (3H, m), 3.22-3.32 (1H, m), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.76 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.8 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.76 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.06-7.13 (4H, m), 7.22-7.30 (2H, m), 7.35-7.39 (2H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 55 but changing acetone used in Example 55 to {[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}acetaldehyde, the compound of Example 57-(1) was obtained. Mass Spectrum (ESI): 551.5 (M+H).
- In the same manner as in Reference Example 19-(8) but changing the compound used in Reference Example 19-(8) to the compound obtained in the above (1), the compound of Example 57 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.65-2.05 (3H, m), 2.12-2.25 (1H, m), 2.25-2.35 (2H, m), 2.68-2.77 (1H, m), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.32-3.40 (3H, m), 3.57 (1H, td, J=10.4, 3.6 Hz), 4.00-4.14 (2H, m), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.78 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.8 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.76 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.05-7.13 (4H, m), 7.22-7.28 (2H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m). - With cooling with ice, sodium hydride (60 % oily, 2.2 mg, 0.055 mmol) was added to a THF solution (1 mL) of the compound of Example 57 (20 mg, 0.046 mmol), and stirred at 0°C for 30 minutes. Next, methyl iodide (0.006 mL, 0.092 mmol) was added, and stirred at room temperature for 2 days. Aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, then extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by preparative thin-layer chromatography (Kieselgel™ 60F254, chloroform:methanol = 19:1) to obtain the entitled compound (7.3 mg, 35 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.62-1.75 (1H, m), 1.76-1.88 (1H, m), 1.88-2.02 (1H, m), 2.08-2.18 (1H, m), 2.20-2.34 (2H, m), 2.72-2.79 (1H, m), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.18-3.30 (1H, m), 3.26 (3H, s), 3.37-3.45 (3H, m), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.77 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 2.6 Hz), 5.99 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 6.78 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.05-7.13 (4H, m), 7.24-7.30 (2H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m). - With cooling with ice, 2-fluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (28.0 mg, 0.14 mmol) was added to an acetonitrile solution (5 mL) of the compound of Example 54 (50.0 mg, 0.13 mmol) and potassium carbonate (27.0 mg, 0.20 mmol), and stirred overnight at 0°C to room temperature. Next, aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol = 19:1) to obtain the entitled compound (41.5 mg, 73 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.60-1.75 (1H, m), 1.75-1.90 (1H, m), 1.90-2.05 (1H, m), 2.10-2.20 (1H, m), 2.30-2.50 (2H, m), 2.72-2.88 (1H, m), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.27 (1H, t, J=8.3 Hz), 3.36-3.45 (1H, m), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.32-4.38 (1H, m), 4.45-4.50 (1H, m), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.76 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.9 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.05-7.14 (4H, m), 7.24-7.30 (2H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 14-(1) but changing the compound of Reference Example 21 used in Example 14-(1) to the compound of Reference Example 23, obtained was tert-butyl 2-(4-{2-[4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]-2-oxopyridin-1(2H)-yl]ethyl}phenyl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate. Next, in the same manner as in Example 54-(2) but changing the compound used in Example 54-(2) to the above compound, the compound of Example 60 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.90-2.14 (3H, m), 2.26-2.30 (1H, m), 2.98 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.08-3.17 (1H, m), 3.22-3.27 (1H, m), 4.04 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.26-4.34 (1H, m), 5.08 (2H, s), 5.86 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.8 Hz), 5.93 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.83 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.10 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.30 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 8.56 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz). - In the same manner as in Example 55 but changing acetone used in Example 55 to aqueous 35 % formaldehyde solution and changing the compound of Example 54 to the compound of Example 60, obtained was the compound of Example 61.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.70-1.85 (2H, m), 1.90-2.00 (1H, m), 2.10-2.20 (4H, m), 2.23-2.33 (1H, m), 2.95-3.05 (3H, m), 3.23 (1H, t, J=8.3 Hz), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.81 (1H, dd, J=2.4, 7.3 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 7.10 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.22-7.30 (2H, m), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.6, 2.4 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz). - In the same manner as in Example 59 but changing 2-fluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate used in Example 59 to iodoethane and changing the compound of Example 54 to the compound of Example 60, obtained was the compound of Example 62. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.01 (3H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 1.65-2.20 (6H, m), 2.53-2.63 (1H, m), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.12-3.20 (1H, m), 3.30-3.40 (1H, m), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.81 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.8 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.78 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.09 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.23-7.30 (2H, m), 7.39 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz).
- In the same manner as in Example 60 but changing the compound of Reference Example 3 used in Example 60 to the compound of Reference Example 2 and changing the compound of Reference Example 23 to the compound of Reference Example 24, the entitled compound was obtained:
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 2.46 (3H, s), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.78 (2H, s), 4.06 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.78 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 2.8 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.06-7.13 (4H, m), 7.24-7.30 (2H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 55 but changing acetone used in Example 55 to corresponding carbonyl compounds and changing the compound of Example 54 to the compound of Example 63, obtained were the compounds of Examples 64 to 69:
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.10 (6H, d, J=6.3 Hz), 2.15 (3H, s), 2.82-2.94 (1H, m), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.47 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.5 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.5 Hz), 6.75 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.05-7.13 (4H, m), 7.20-7.30 (2H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.56-1.74 (3H, m), 1.86-1.96 (1H, m), 1.98 (3H, s), 2.00-2.07 (2H, m), 2.83 (1H, qui, J=7.6 Hz), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.32 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.74 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 2.8 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.73 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.05-7.12 (4H, m), 7.20 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.45-1.65 (4H, m), 1.66-1.76 (2H, m), 1.82-1.94 (2H, m), 2.14 (3H, s), 2.66-2.78 (1H, m), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.48 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.74 (1H, q, J=7.8, 2.4 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 6.74 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.06-7.10 (4H, m), 7.23 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.34-7.39 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.89 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.48-1.68 (2H, m), 2.18 (3H, s), 2.28-2.35 (2H, m), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.44 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.8 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.74 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.05-7.12 (4H, m), 7.22 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.35-7.39 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.87 (6H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 1.35-1.45 (2H, m), 1.55-1.62 (1H, m), 2.16 (3H, s), 2.32-2.39 (2H, m), 3.01 (2H, t, J=6.9 Hz), 3.43 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=6.9 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.74 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 2.5 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.5 Hz), 6.73 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.05-7.12 (4H, m), 7.22 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.89 (6H, d, J=6.7 Hz), 1.80 (1H, qui, J=6.7 Hz), 2.07-2.16 (5H, m), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.41 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.7 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.7 Hz), 6.74 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.05-7.11 (4H, m), 7.22-7.29 (2H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m).
- In the same manner as in Example 59 but changing 2-fluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate sued in Example 59 to a corresponding alkylating agent and changing the compound of Example 54 to the compound of Example 63, obtained were compounds of Examples 70 and 71.
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 2.28 (3H, s), 2.68 (1H, t, J=5.1 Hz), 2.74 (1H, t, J=5.1 Hz), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.55 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.48 (1H, t, J=5.1 Hz), 4.60 (1H, t, J=5.1 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 2.8 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.75 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.05-7.13 (4H, m), 7.24 (2H, t, J=6.3 Hz), 7.34-7.39 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3,δ ppm): 2.24 (3H, s), 2.58 (2H, t, J=5.9 Hz), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.34 (3H, s), 3.51 (2H, t, J=5.9 Hz), 3.52 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.6 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 6.74 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.05-7.10 (4H, m), 7.23 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m).
- In the same manner as in Example 63 but changing the compound of Reference Example 24 used in Example 63 to the compound of Reference Example 25, obtained was the compound of Example 72.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3,δ ppm): 0.91 (3H, t, J=7.5 Hz), 1.60 (2H, six, J=7.5 Hz), 2.66 (2H, t, J=7.5 Hz), 2.99 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.84 (2H, s), 4.04 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.78 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 2.6 Hz), 5.99 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 6.78 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.04-7.16 (4H, m), 7.24-7.34 (2H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 55 but changing acetone used in Example 55 to corresponding carbonyl compounds and changing the compound of Example 54 to the compound of Example 72, obtained were the compounds of Examples 73 to 76.
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.88 (3H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 0.99 (6H, d, J=6.3 Hz), 1.34-1.42 (2H, m), 2.34 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 2.85-2.95 (1H, m), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.50 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.4 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 6.74 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.04-7.12 (4H, m), 7.22-7.30 (2H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.84-0.90 (6H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 1.48 (4H, brs), 2.36 (4H, brs), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.52 (2H, brs), 4.07 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.74 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 2.8 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.73 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.04-7.12 (4H, m), 7.22-7.30 (2H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.83 (3H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 0.86 (6H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 1.40-1.50 (2H, m), 1.75 (1H, qui, J=6.6 Hz), 2.10 (2H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 2.29 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.47 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.74 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 2.6 Hz), 5.99 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 6.72 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.05-7.10 (4H, m), 7.22-7.28 (2H, m), 7.35-7.38 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.80 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.36-1.70 (8H, m), 1.70-1.85 (2H, m), 2.35-2.45 (2H, m), 2.96-3.14 (3H, m), 3.58 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.70-5.78 (1H, m), 5.95-6.00 (1H, m), 6.73 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.06-7.10 (4H, m), 7.20-7.30 (2H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m).
- In the same manner as in Example 59 but changing 2-fluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate used in Example 59 to corresponding alkylating agents and changing the compound of Example 54 to the compound of Example 72, obtained were the compounds of Examples 77 to 79.
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.86 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 0.99-1.10 (3H, m), 1.44-1.56 (2H, m), 2.2.30-2.44 (2H, m), 2.44-2.50 (2H, m), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.54 (2H, brs), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 2.8 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.74 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.04-7.14 (4H, m), 7.22-7.32 (2H, m), 7.35-7.39 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.87 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.46-1.58 (2H, m), 2.47 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 2.72 (1H, t, J=5.3 Hz), 2.78 (1H, t, J=5.3 Hz), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.61 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.39 (1H, t, J=5.4 Hz), 4.51 (1H, t, J=5.4 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.6 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 6.73 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.06-7.10 (4H, m), 7.22-7.30 (2H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.88 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.44-1.56 (2H, m), 2.41-2.49 (2H, m), 2.67 (2H, t, J=6.1 Hz), 3.03 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.34 (3H, s), 3.48 (2H, t, J=6.1 Hz), 3.62 (2H, s), 4.10 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.97 (2H, s), 5.78 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 2.8 Hz), 6.01 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.08-7.14 (4H, m), 7.24-7.30 (2H, m), 7.38-7.42 (2H, m).
- In the same manner as in Example 14-(1) but changing the compound of Reference Example 21 used in Example 14-(1) to the compound of Reference Example 26 and changing the compound of Reference Example 3 to the compound of Reference Example 2, obtained was the compound of Example 80-(1).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 492.3 (M+H). - 2,3-Dichloro-5,6-dicyano-1,4-benzoquinone (54.0 mg, 0.24 mmol) was added to a chloroform/water mixed solution [chloroform (5 mL), water (0.5 mL)]] of the compound obtained in the above (1) (100.0 mg, 0.20 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. Next, aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with chloroform. The obtained organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol = 49:1) to obtain the entitled compound (67.0 mg, 90 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 372.2 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Example 14-(3) and 14-(4) but changing the compound used in Example 14-(3) to the compound obtained in the above (2), the compound of Example 80 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3,δ ppm): 1.05 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 2.52 (4H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.59 (2H, s), 4.06 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.77 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.8 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.76 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 6.82 (1H, dd, J=10.7, 2.0 Hz), 6.89 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.0 Hz), 7.08 (2H, t, J=8.8 Hz), 7.7.28-7.40 (3H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 80 but changing diethylamine used in Example 80-(3) to azetidine, the compound of Example 81 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 2.08 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.24 (4H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 3.58 (2H, s), 4.06 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.77 (1H, dd, J=7.4, 2.5 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.5 Hz), 6.75 (1H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 6.80-6.85 (1H, m), 6.88 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 1.5 Hz), 7.08 (2H, t, J=8.8 Hz), 7.20-7.25 (1H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 14-(1) but changing the compound of Reference Example 21 used in Example 14-(1) to the compound of Reference Example 27 and changing the compound of Reference Example 3 to the compound of Reference Example 2, obtained was the compound of Example 82-(1).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.46 (3H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 3.02 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.36 (3H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.52 (1H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 4.57 (1H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 4.72 (1H, q, J=6.6 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.77 (1H, dd, J=7.2, 3.0 Hz), 5.99 (1H, d, J=3.0 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=7.2 Hz), 7.06-7.16 (4H, m), 7.24-7.30 (2H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m). - A 10 % hydrogen chloride/methanol solution (5 mL) of the compound obtained in the above (1) was stirred at room temperature for 3 days. The reaction liquid was concentrated under reduced pressure, then aqueous saturated ammonium chloride solution was added, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with saturated saline, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol = 10:0 to 19:1) to obtain the entitled compound (189 mg, 46 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 368.2 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Example 14-(3) and 14-(4) but changing the compound used in Example 14-(3) to the compound obtained in the above (2), the compound of Example 82 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.98 (6H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 1.33 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 2.46-2.56 (4H, m), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.73-3.82 (1H, m), 4.07 (2H, dt, J=1.6, 7.1 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.74 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.6 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 6.74 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.06-7.11 (4H, m), 7.25-7.30 (2H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 82 but changing diethylamine used in Example 82-(3) to N-methylpropylamine, the compound of Example 83 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.83 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.33 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 1.40-1.52 (2H, m), 2.15-2.23 (4H, m), 2.28-2.38 (1H, m), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.53 (1H, q, J=6.7 Hz), 4.07 (2H, td, J=7.1, 3.6 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.74 (1H, dd, J=2.6, 7.5 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 6.73 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.05-7.12 (4H, m), 7.22 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 14-(1) but changing the compound of Reference Example 21 used in Example 14-(1) to the compound of Reference Example 20 and changing the compound of Reference Example 3 to the compound of Reference Example 2, obtained was the compound of Example 84-(1).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 410.3 (M+H). - Trifluoroacetic acid (3.7 mL) and water (0.37 mL) were added to a chloroform solution (7.4 mL) of the compound obtained in the above (1) (371 mg, 0.91 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction liquid was concentrated under reduced pressure, then aqueous saturated ammonium chloride solution was added, and extracted with chloroform. The obtained organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then with cooling with ice, methylmagnesium bromide (3 M ether solution, 1.5 mL) was added to a THF solution (10 mL) of the residue, and stirred overnight at 0°C to room temperature. Next, aqueous saturated ammonium chloride solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol= 50:1) to obtain the entitled compound (172 mg, 52 %). Mass Spectrum (ESI): 368.3 (M+H).
- In the same manner as in Example 82-(3) but changing diethylamine used in Example 82-(3) to pyrrolidine, the compound of Example 84 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3,δ ppm): 1.39 (3H, d, J=6.7 Hz), 1.70-1.80 (4H, m), 2.36 (2H, brs), 2.54 (2H, brs), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.17 (1H, brs), 4.07 (2H, td, J=7.0, 3.0 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.5 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.5 Hz), 6.76 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.04-7.12 (4H, m), 7.22-7.28 (2H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m). - Manganese dioxide (881.2 mg, 8.62 mmol) was added to a50 % chloroform/acetone (100 ml) solution of the compound of Example 14-(2) (810.0 mg, 2.18 mmol), and stirred at room temperature for 23 hours. Next, the reaction liquid was filtered through Celite, the obtained filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol = 10:0 to 19:1) to obtain the entitled compound (682.9 mg, 85 %).
Mass Spectrum (APCI): 369.1 (M+H). - At -78°C, methylmagnesium bromide (1.0 M THF solution, 8.0 ml, 8.0 mmol) was dropwise added to a THF (60 ml) solution of the compound obtained in the above (1) (682.9 mg, 1.85 mmol), stirred for 2 hours, then heated up to room temperature, and stirred for 16 hours. Next, aqueous 10 % hydrochloric acid solution was added to the reaction liquid, extracted with ethyl acetate, the obtained organic layer was washed with saturated saline, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol = 10:0 to 19:1) to obtain the entitled compound (780.4 mg, 100 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 385.1 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Example 82-(3) but changing the compound used in Example 82-(3) to the compound obtained in the above (2), the compound of Example 85 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.91-1.08 (6H, m), 1.25 (3H, s), 2.40-2.60 (4H, m), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.71-3.82 (1H, m), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.77-5.81 (1H, m), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.75 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 7.08 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.22-7.30 (2H, m), 7.39 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.0 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz). - In the same manner as in Example 85 but changing diethylamine used in Example 85-(3) to corresponding amine compounds, the compounds of Examples 86 and 87 were obtained.
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.84 (3H, t, J=7.4 Hz), 1.24-1.62 (5H, m), 2.10-2.41 (5H, m), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.50-3.59 (1H, m), 4.08 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.78-5.81 (1H, m), 5.97 (1H, d, J=2.7 Hz), 6.75 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.09 (2H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 7.21-7.28 (2H, m), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.69-7.73 (1H, m), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.3 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.17-1.26 (3H, m), 1.97-2.09 (3H, m), 2.97-3.23 (6H, m), 4.06 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.79-5.82 (1H, m), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.7 Hz), 6.76 (1H, d, J=7.0 Hz), 7.09 (2H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 7.22 (2H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.69-7.73 (1H, m), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz).
- In the same manner as in Example 85 but changing diethylamine used in Example 85-(3) to pyrrolidine, a racemate of Example 88 was obtained. Next, this was further purified by high-performance chromatography (CHIRALPAK™ OJ, hexane:ethanol:diethylamine = 75:25:0.025) to obtain the entitled compounds (fast) and (slow).
(fast)
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.38 (3H, d, J=6.3 Hz), 1.72-1.79 (4H, m), 2.29-2.37 (2H, m), 2.50-2.56 (2H, m), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.15 (1H, q, J=6.3 Hz), 4.04-4.09 (2H, m), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.80 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.9 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.08 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.25 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.39 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.0 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz).
(slow)
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3,δ ppm): 1.38 (3H, d, J=6.3 Hz), 1.72-1.79 (4H, m), 2.30-2.37 (2H, m), 2.50-2.57 (2H, m), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.12-3.18 (1H, m), 4.04-4.09 (2H, m), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.80 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.9 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.08 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.24 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.0 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz). - In the same manner as in Example 85 but changing methylmagnesium bromide used in Example 85-(2) to ethylmagnesium bromide, the compound of Example 89 was obtained. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.72 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 0.98 (6H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 1.63-1.94 (2H, m), 2.29-2.39 (2H, m), 2.57-2.64 (2H, m), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.44-3.48 (1H, m), 4.03-4.12 (2H, m), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.76 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.9 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.69 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 7.06 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.15 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.39 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.8, 2.4 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz).
- In the same manner as in Example 1 but changing the compound of Reference Example 16 used in Example 1 to 2-(4-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}phenyl)ethanol [Org. Lett., 5(2), 121(2003)], the compound of Example 90-(1) was obtained.
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 454.3 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 19-(8) but changing the compound used in Reference Example 19-(8) to the compound obtained in the above (1), the compound of Example 90-(2) was obtained.
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 340.2 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Example 1 but changing the compound of Reference Example 16 used in Example 1 to 2-(diethylamino)ethanol and changing the compound of Reference Example 2 to the compound obtained in the above (2), the compound of Example 90 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.07 (6H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 2.64 (4H, q, J=7.1 Hz), 2.86 (2H, t, J=6.3 Hz), 2.95 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.00-4.10 (4H, m), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.76 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.5 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.5 Hz), 6.73 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 6.80-6.83 (2H, m), 7.01-7.11 (4H, m), 7.35-7.40 (2H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 90 but changing 2-(diethylamino)ethanol used in Example 90-(3) to 2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethanol, the compound of Example 91 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3,δ ppm): 1.79-1.83 (4H, m), 2.60-2.70 (4H, m), 2.89 (2H, t, J=5.8 Hz), 2.96 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.04 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.08 (2H, t, J=5.8 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.77 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 2.5 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.5 Hz), 6.73 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 6.80-6.85 (2H, m), 7.01-7.12 (4H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 1 but changing the compound of Reference Example 16 used in Example 1 to 2-[4-(2-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}ethyl)phenyl]ethanol (
WO98/43956
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 482.1 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 19-(8) but changing the compound used in Reference Example 19-(8) to the compound obtained in the above (1), the compound of Example 92-(2) was obtained.
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 368.3 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 21-(3) but changing the compound used in Reference Example 21-(3) to the compound obtained in the above (2), and without purification of the product, the compound of Example 92-(3) was obtained, and this was used in the next reaction.
- In the same manner as in Example 14-(4) but changing the compound used in Example 14-(4) to the compound obtained in the above (3), the compound of Example 92 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.07 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 2.56-2.78 (8H, m), 2.99 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.06 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.78 (1H, dd, J=7.4, 2.8 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 7.06-7.13 (6H, m), 7.37 (2H, dd, J=8.3, 5.4 Hz). - In the same manner as in Example 92 but changing diethylamine used in Example 92-(3) to pyrrolidine, the compound of Example 93 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.79-1.85 (4H, s), 2.54-2.64 (4H, s), 2.65-2.74 (2H, m), 2.78-2.86 (2H, m), 2.99 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.06 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.78 (1H, dd, J=7.4, 2.7 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.7 Hz), 6.77 (1H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 7.06-7.14 (6H, m), 7.37 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz). - In the same manner as in Example 1 but changing the compound of Reference Example 16 used in Example 1 to 2-(4-bromophenyl)ethanol, the compound of Example 94-(1) was obtained.
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 402.1 (M+H). - Tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0) (7 mg, 0.008 mmol), BINAP (14 mg, 0.02 mmol), pyrrolidine (0.025 mL, 0.30 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (34 mg, 0.35 mmol) were added to a toluene solution (5 ml) of the compound obtained in the above (1) (100 mg, 0.25 mmol), and stirred overnight at 80°C in the presence of nitrogen. Next, aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol = 49:1) to obtain the entitled compound (68 mg, 68 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.98-2.02 (4H, m), 2.90 (2H, t, J=6.9 Hz), 3.23-3.28 (4H, m), 4.03 (2H, t, J=6.9 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.78 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.7 Hz), 5.99 (1H, d, J=2.7 Hz), 6.49 (2H, d, J=8.2 Hz), 6.78 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz), 6.99 (2H, d, J=8.2 Hz), 7.06-7.12 (2H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 94 but changing pyrrolidine used in Example 94-(2) to N,N-dimethylpyrrolidine-3-amine, the compound of Example 95 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.85-2.00 (1H, m), 2.15-2.25 (1H, m), 2.31 (6H, s), 2.78-2.90 (1H, m), 2.91 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.12 (1H, t, J=8.5 Hz), 3.29 (1H, dt, J=7.2 Hz, 10 Hz), 3.35-3.50 (2H, m), 4.03 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.78 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.8 Hz), 5.99 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.47 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 6.78 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 6.97-7.02 (2H, m), 7.04-7.10 (2H, m), 7.35-7.40 (2H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 14-(1) but changing the compound of Reference Example 21 used in Example 14-(1) to the compound of Reference Example 28, and changing the compound of Reference Example 3 to the compound of Reference Example 2, obtained was the compound of Example 95-(1).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 412.1 (M+H). - At -78°C, a THF solution (20 mL) of the compound obtained in the above (1) was gradually added to a THF solution (5 mL) of lithiumaluminium hydride (31 mg, 0.82 mmol), and stirred at -78°C to -10°C for 1.5 hours. Next, sodium sulfate 10-hydrate was added to the reaction liquid, and stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction liquid was filtered through Celite, the obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and dried to obtain the entitled compound (260 mg, 100 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 384.1 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Example 14-(3) and 14-(4) but changing the compound used in Example 14-(3) to the compound obtained in the above (2) and changing diethylamine used in Example 14-(4) to N-methylpropylamine, obtained was the compound of Example 96. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.90 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.50-1.65 (2H, m), 2.20 (3H, s), 2.36 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.47 (2H, s), 3.75 (3H, s), 4.08 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.76 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 2.6 Hz), 5.99 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 6.61 (1H, s), 6.72 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 6.75 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.08 (2H, t, J=8.7 Hz), 7.23 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.37 (2H, dd, J=8.7, 5.6 Hz).
- In the same manner as in Example 96 but changing N-methylpropylamine used in Example 96-(3) to corresponding amine compounds, obtained were the compounds of Examples 97 to 99.
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3,δ ppm): 1.05 (6H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 2.54 (4H, q, J=7.2 Hz), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.55 (2H, s), 3.74 (3H, s), 4.08 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.76 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.8 Hz), 5.99 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.58-6.62 (1H, m), 6.70-6.75 (1H, m), 6.76 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.08 (2H, t, J=8.5 Hz), 7.30 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.37 (2H, dd, J=8.5, 5.1 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 2.09 (2H, qui, J=6.8 Hz), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.20-3.32 (4H, m), 3.56 (2H, s), 3.75 (3H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.76 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 2.6 Hz), 5.98 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 6.59 (1H, d, J=1.5 Hz), 6.71 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 1.5 Hz), 6.75 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.06-7.12 (2H, m), 7.16 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.33-7.40 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.70-1.85 (4H, m), 2.56 (4H, brs), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.64 (2H, s), 3.75 (4H, s), 4.08 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.94 (2H, s), 5.77 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 2.8 Hz), 5.99 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.61 (1H, d, J=1.5 Hz), 6.72 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 1.5 Hz), 6.76 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.04-7.12 (2H, m), 7.22-7.30 (2H, m), 7.35-7.39 (2H, m).
- In the same manner as in Example 96 but changing the compound of Reference Example 28 used in Example 96-(1) to the compound of Reference Example 29 and changing N-methylpropylamine used in Example 96-(3) to diethylamine, the compound of Example 100 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.04 (6H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 2.52 (4H, q, J=7.1 Hz), 3.00 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 3.53 (2H, s), 3.82 (3H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 4.93 (2H, s), 5.72 (1H, dd, J=7.4, 2.9 Hz), 5.97 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.73-6.79 (2H, m), 6.88 (1H, s), 6.93 (1H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 7.05-7.11 (2H, m), 7.34-7.40 (2H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 96-(1) and 96-(2) but changing the compound of Reference Example 2 used in Example 96 to the compound of Reference Example 9, subsequently in the same manner as in Example 14-(3) but using the obtained hydroxymethyl compound in place of 4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]-1- {2-[4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]ethyl}pyridin-2(1H)-one used in Example 14-(3), and then subsequently in the same manner as in Example 42 but using the obtained chloromethyl compound in place of the compound of Example 14-(3) used in Example 42 and further changing isopropylamine to corresponding amine compounds, the compounds of Examples 101 to 104 were obtained.
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.92 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.70 (2H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 3.04 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.79 (3H, s), 3.94 (2H, s), 4.11 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 6.26 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 1.8 Hz), 6.57 (1H, d, J=1.8 Hz), 6.65 (1H, s), 6.75-6.80 (1H, m), 6.82 (1H, d, J=16.1 Hz), 6.88 (1H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 7.07 (1H, d, J=16.1 Hz), 7.25-7.30 (2H, m), 7.30-7.40 (2H, m), 7.42-7.47 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.18-0.25 (2H, m), 0.53-0.62 (2H, m), 1.12 (1H, dd, J=11.5, 4.6 Hz), 2.63 (2H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 3.04 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.79 (3H, s), 3.99 (2H, s), 4.11 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 6.26 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 1.8 Hz), 6.56 (1H, d, J=1.8 Hz), 6.65 (1H, d, J=1.0 Hz), 6.75-6.80 (1H, m), 6.82 (1H, d, J=16.1 Hz), 6.88 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 7.07 (1H, d, J=16.1 Hz), 7.25-7.30 (2H, m), 7.30-7.40 (2H, m), 7.40-7.47 (2H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.93 (3H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 1.36 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 1.60-1.70 (1H, m), 1.85-2.00 (1H, m), 2.80-2.95 (1H, m), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.82 (3H, s), 4.00-4.09 (4H, m), 6.29 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 1.8 Hz), 6.55 (1H, d, J=1.8 Hz), 6.65-6.70 (1H, m), 6.75-6.85 (2H, m), 6.90 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 7.08 (1H, d, J=16.1 Hz), 7.30-7.40 (2H, m), 7.40-7.45 (3H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.40-2.00 (8H, m), 3.03 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.15-3.25 (1H, m), 3.79 (3H, s), 3.92 (2H, s), 4.10 (2.2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 6.27 (1H, dd, J=7.1, 1.8 Hz), 6.56 (1H, d, J=1.8 Hz), 6.63-6.67 (1H, s), 6.75-6.80 (1H, m), 6.82 (1H, d, J=16.1 Hz), 6.89 (1H, d, J=7.1 Hz), 7.07 (1H, d, J=16.1 Hz), 7.30 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.30-7.40 (2H, m), 7.40-7.47 (2H, m). Examples 105 to 107:
- In the same manner as in Example 55 but changing acetone used in Example 55 to corresponding carbonyl compounds and changing the compound of Example 54 to the compound of Example 43 or the compound of Example 44, obtained were the compounds of Examples 105 to 107.
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.15 (9H, s), 2.06 (3H, s), 3.00 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 3.46 (2H, s), 4.06 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.78-5.84 (1H, m), 5.94-5.98 (1H, m), 6.76-6.80 (1H, m), 7.04-7.10 (2H, m), 7.23-7.29 (2H, m), 7.40 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.70-7.72 (1H, m), 8.55-8.58 (1H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.38-0.48 (4H, m), 1.65-1.70 (1H, m), 2.23 (3H, s), 3.00 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.61 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.80 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 2.9 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.74 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 7.07 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.18 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.39 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.35-0.44 (4H, m), 0.82 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.49-1.56 (2H, m), 1.66-1.76 (1H, m), 2.40-2.50 (2H, m), 2.95-3.05 (2H, m), 3.68 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.75-5.82 (1H, m), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.70-6.76 (1H, m), 7.00-7.10 (2H, m), 7.15-7.22 (2H, m), 7.39 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.2 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.2 Hz).
- In the same manner as in Example 59 but changing 2-fluoroethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate used in Example 59 to iodoethane and changing the compound of Example 54 to the compound of Example 43 or the compound of Example 44, obtained were the compounds of Examples 108 and 109.
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.83 (3H, t, J=6.7 Hz), 1.11 (9H, s), 2.59 (2H, q, J=6.7 Hz), 2.99 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 3.63 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.77 (1H, dd, J=7.5, 2.8 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 6.72 (1H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.04 (2H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.29 (2H, d, J=7.5 Hz), 7.39 (1H, d, J=8.1 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.1, 2.4 Hz), 8.55-8.58 (1H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.35-0.47 (4H, m), 1.07 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.69-1.73 (1H, m), 2.57 (2H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 3.00 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 3.70 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 5.79 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 2.6 Hz), 5.96 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 6.73 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.06 (2H, d, J=8.1 Hz), 7.19 (2H, d, J=8.1 Hz), 7.39 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.71 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz).
- In the same manner as in Example 1 but changing the compound of Reference Example 16 used in Example 1 to the compound of Reference Example 32-(2), obtained was the compound of Example 110-(1).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 420.0 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 19-(5) to 19-(6) but changing [2-(4-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)ethoxy](tert-butyl)dimethylsilane used in Reference Example 19-(5) to the compound obtained in the above (1), the compound of Example 110-(2) was obtained.
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 372.1 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Example 14-(3) and 14-(4) but changing the compound used in Example 14-(3) to the compound obtained in the above (2), the compound of Example 110 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.04 (6H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 2.52 (4H, q, J=7.2 Hz), 3.58 (2H, s), 3.75 (1H, td, J=14.4, 9.1 Hz), 4.63 (1H, ddd, J=33.7, 14.4, 2.4 Hz), 4.97 (2H, s), 5.76 (1H, ddd, J=42.4, 9.1, 2.4 Hz), 5.95 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 2.6 Hz), 6.00 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 7.05-7.15 (2H, m), 7.19-7.25 (1H, m), 7.34-7.40 (6H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 1 but changing the compound of Reference Example 16 used in Example 1 to the compound of Reference Example 32, obtained was the compound of Example 111-(1).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 416.1 (M+H). - A 10 % hydrogen chloride/methanol solution (5 mL) of the compound obtained in the above (1) (47.0 mg, 0.11 mmol) was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction liquid was concentrated under reduced pressure, then with cooling with ice, aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution was added to the residue, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with saturated saline, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a colorless solid residue. Next, in the same manner as in Example 14-(3) but changing the compound used in Example 14-(3) to the obtained residue, the compound of Example 111-(2) was obtained.
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 390.1 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Example 42 but changing the compound of Example 14-(3) used in Example 42 to the compound obtained in the above (2) and changing isopropylamine to propylamine, the compound of Example 111 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.93 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.50-1.60 (2H, m), 2.60 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.74 (1H, td, J=14.4, 9.2 Hz), 3.82 (2H, s), 4.62 (1H, ddd, J=33.7, 14.4, 2.4 Hz), 4.97 (2H, s), 5.78 (1H, ddd, J=49.3, 9.2, 2.4 Hz), 5.96 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 3.4 Hz), 6.00 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 7.07-7.11 (2H, m), 7.18-7.22 (1H, m), 7.34-7.42 (6H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 111 but changing propylamine used in Example 111-(3) to cyclopropylamine, the compound of Example 112 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.35-0.47 (4H, m), 2.13-2.16 (1H, m), 3.74 (1H, td, J=14.4, 9.2 Hz), 3.86 (2H, s), 4.62 (1H, ddd, J=33.7, 14.4, 2.4 Hz), 4.97 (2H, s), 5.77 (1H, ddd, J=48.8, 9.2, 2.4 Hz), 5.96 (1H, dd, J=7.3, 2.4 Hz), 6.00 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 7.07-7.11 (2H, m), 7.18-7.23 (1H, m), 7.35-7.40 (6H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 14-(1) but changing the compound of Reference Example 21 used in Example 14-(1) to the compound of Reference Example 31 and changing the compound of Reference Example 3 to the compound of Reference Example 2, obtained was the compound of Example 113-(1).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 432.1 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Example 96-(2) and 96-(3) but changing the compound used in Example 96-(2) to the compound obtained in the above (1) and changing N-methylpropylamine used in Example 96-(3) to azetidine, the compound of Example 113 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3,δ ppm): 2.09 (2H, qui, J=7.1 Hz), 3.22 (4H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.59 (2H, s), 4.52 (2H, t, J=14.1 Hz), 4.93 (2H, s), 5.90 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 5.95 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.8 Hz), 7.09 (2H, t, J=8.5 Hz), 7.20-7.30 (1H, m), 7.30-7.40 (4H, m), 7.45 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz). - In the same manner as in Example 14-(1) but changing the compound of Reference Example 3 used in Example 14-(1) to the compound of Reference Example 6 and changing the compound of Reference Example 21 to methyl [4-(bromomethyl)phenyl]acetate [Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (1989), 32(3), 709-15], the compound of Example 114-(1) was obtained. Mass Spectrum (ESI): 398.1 (M+H).
- In the same manner as in Reference Example 16-(2) but changing the compound used in Reference Example 16-(2) to the compound obtained in the above (1), the compound of Example 114-(2) was obtained.
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 370.1 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Reference Example 20 but changing the compound used in Reference Example 20 to the compound obtained in the above (2), the compound of Example 114-(3) was obtained.
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 448.1 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Example 14-(4) but changing the compound used in Example 14-(4) to the compound obtained in the above (3) and changing diethylamine to azetidine, the compound of Example 114 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 2.09-2.18 (2H, m), 2.69-2.75 (4H, m), 3.23-3.35 (4H, m), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.21 (2H, s), 5.67 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 3.4 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=3.4 Hz), 6.97 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.08 (2H, t, J=8.8 Hz), 7.21 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.31-7.38 (4H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 114 but changing azetidine used in Example 114-(4) to pyrrolidine, the compound of Example 115 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.81-1.88 (4H, m), 2.51-2.93 (8H, m), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.21 (2H, s), 5.67 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 3.4 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=3.4 Hz), 6.96 (1H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.08 (2H, t, J=8.8 Hz), 7.22 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.31-7.38 (4H, m). - The compound of Example 114-(3) (49.0 mg, 0.11 mmol) was dissolved in NMP (1.0 ml), then methylamine (100 µl, 1.20 mmol) was added, and stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Next, water was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. the obtained organic layer was washed with water and saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrated was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by high-performance liquid chromatography (YMC-Pack™ pro C-18, H2O (0.1 % TFA):CH3CN (0.1 % TFA) = 90:10 to 50:50) to obtain the entitled compound (6.9 mg, 16 %).
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 2.45 (3H, s), 2.85-2.87 (4H, m), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.21 (2H, s), 5.69 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 3.2 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=3.2 Hz), 7.00 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.06-7.11 (2H, m), 7.21-7.24 (2H, m), 7.33-7.38 (4H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 116 but changing methylamine used in Example 116 to corresponding amine compounds, the compounds of Examples 117 to 123 were obtained.
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.11 (3H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 2.68 (2H, q, J=7.2 Hz), 2.82-2.92 (4H, m), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.21 (2H, s), 5.69 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 3.4 Hz), 6.06 (1H, d, J=3.4 Hz), 6.99 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.08 (2H, t, J=8.5 Hz), 7.22 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.33-7.38 (4H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3,δ ppm): 0.32-0.36 (2H, m), 0.41-0.46 (2H, m), 2.09-2.15 (1H, m), 2.82 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 2.96 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.21 (2H, s), 5.68 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 3.4 Hz), 6.06 (1H, d, J=3.4 Hz), 6.99 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.08 (2H, t, J=8.8 Hz), 7.22 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.32-7.38 (4H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.89 (3H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 1.45-1.54 (3H, m), 2.60 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 2.81-2.91 (4H, m), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.21 (2H, s), 5.68 (1H, dd, J=8.1, 2.9 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.98 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.08 (2H, t, J=8.5 Hz), 7.22 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.33-7.38 (4H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.14 (9H, brs), 2.85-2.90 (4H, m), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.21 (2H, s), 5.67 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 3.4 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=3.4 Hz), 6.98 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.08 (2H, t, J=8.8 Hz), 7.23 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.33-7.37 (4H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.87 (6H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 1.70-1.77 (1H, m), 2.44 (2H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 2.80-2.89 (4H, m), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.21 (2H, s), 5.67 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 3.2 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=3.2 Hz), 6.97 (1H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.08 (2H, t, J=8.8 Hz), 7.22 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.32-7.38 (4H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.86 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.08 (3H, d, J=6.3 Hz), 1.30-1.41 (2H, m), 2.60-2.68 (1H, m), 2.84-2.98 (4H, m), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.21 (2H, s), 5.67 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 3.4 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=3.4 Hz), 6.97 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.08 (2H, t, J=8.5 Hz), 7.23 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.33-7.37 (4H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.02-1.32 (5H, m), 1.52-1.92 (5H, m), 2.42-2.53 (1H, m), 2.81-2.96 (4H, m), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.21 (2H, s), 5.67 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 3.4 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=3.4 Hz), 6.97 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.08 (2H, t, J=8.8 Hz), 7.22 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.32-7.37 (4H, m).
- In he same manner as in Examples 14-(1) to 14-(3) but changing the compound of Reference Example 3 used in Example 14-(1) to the compound of Reference Example 6 and changing the compound of Reference Example 21 to the compound of Reference Example 34, obtained was the compound of Example 124-(1).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 374.0 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Example 116 but changing the compound of Reference Example 114-(3) used in Example 116 to the compound obtained in the above (1) and changing methylamine to propylamine, the compound of Example 124 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3,δ ppm): 0.92 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.49-1.59 (2H, m), 2.59 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.81 (2H, s), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.23 (2H, s), 5.66 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.9 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.96 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.06-7.11 (2H, m), 7.31-7.39 (6H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 124 but changing propylamine used in Example 124 to cyclopropylamine, the compound of Example 125 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.37-0.47 (4H, m), 2.11-2.17 (1H, m), 3.86 (2H, s), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.23 (2H, s), 5.66 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.9 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.95 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.06-7.11 (2H, m), 7.31-7.38 (6H, m). - In the same manner as in Examples 114-(1) to 114-(3) but changing methyl [4-(bromomethyl)phenyl]acetate used in Example 114-(1) to the compound of Reference Example 33, obtained was the compound of Example 126-(1).
- In the same manner as in Example 114-(4) but changing the compound used in Example 114-(4) to the compound obtained in the above (1), the compound of Example 126 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 2.04-2.11 (2H, m), 2.61-2.71 (4H, m), 3.15-3.23 (4H, m), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.32 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 3.1 Hz), 6.04 (1H, d, J=3.1 Hz), 7.06-7.12 (2H, m), 7.24-7.28 (1H, m), 7.33-7.38 (2H, m), 7.44 (1H, d, J=8.2 Hz), 8.08-8.72 (1H, m), 8.47 (1H, d, J=2.3 Hz). - In the same manner as in Example 126 but changing azetidine used in Example 126-(2) to pyrrolidine, the compound of Example 127 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.77-1.87 (4H, m), 2.53-2.89 (8H, m), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.32 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 3.1 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=3.1 Hz), 7.05-7.12 (2H, m), 7.23-7.29 (1H, m), 7.33-7.39 (2H, m), 7.44 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.58 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.3 Hz), 8.50 (1H, d, J=2.3 Hz). - In the same manner as in Example 116 but changing the compound of Example 114-(3) used in Example 116 to the compound of Example 126-(1) and changing methylamine to corresponding amines, the compounds of Examples 128 and 129 were obtained.
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.90 (3H, t, J=7.4 Hz), 1.46-1.57 (2H, m), 2.62 (2H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 2.83-2.94 (4H, m), 4.93 (2H, s), 5.32 (2H, s), 5.77 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 3.1 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=3.1 Hz), 7.06-7.11 (2H, m), 7.26-7.29 (1H, m), 7.34-7.38 (2H, m), 7.46 (1H, d, J=8.2 Hz), 7.59 (1H, dd, J=8.2, 2.0 Hz), 8.51 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.31-0.36 (2H, m), 0.42-0.48 (2H, m), 2.11-2.16 (1H, m), 2.83 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 2.98 (2H, t, J=7.0 Hz), 4.93 (2H, s), 5.33 (2H, s), 5.77 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 3 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=3.1 Hz), 7.06-7.11 (2H, m), 7.26-7.28 (1H, m), 7.34-7.38 (2H, m), 7.46 (1H, d, J=8.2 Hz), 7.58 (1H, dd, J=8.2, 2.2 Hz), 8.50 (1H, d, J=2.2 Hz).
- In the same manner as in Examples 14-(1) to 14-(3) but changing the compound of Reference Example 3 used in Example 14-(1) to the compound of Reference Example 1, obtained was the compound of Example 130-(1).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 388.1 (M+H). - Sodium hydride (60 % oily) was added to a toluene solution or DMF solution of the compound obtained in the above (1) and pyrrolidin-2-one, and stirred overnight at 90°C or room temperature. Next, water was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with water and saturated saline, then dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by high-performance liquid chromatography (YMC-Pack™ pro C-18, H2O (0.1% TFA):CH3CN (0.1 % TFA) = 90:10 to 50:50) to obtain the entitled compound.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.98-2.05 (2H, m), 2.51 (2H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 3.04 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.28 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.13 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.44 (2H, s), 5.01 (2H, s), 5.98 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.7 Hz), 6.41 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 6.86 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 7.08-7.18 (4H, m), 7.32-7.40 (4H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 14-(1) but changing the compound of Reference Example 21 used in Example 14-(1) to methyl 4-(2-bromoethyl)benzoate and changing the compound of Reference Example 3 to the compound of Reference Example 2, obtained was the compound of Example 131-(1).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 382.2 (M+H). - Palladium (10 wt.% activated charcoal, 10 mg) was added to a methanol (1 mL)/THF (1 mL) mixed solution of the compound obtained in the above (1), and stirred at room temperature for 3 days in the presence of hydrogen. The reaction liquid was filtered, the obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and dried to obtain the entitled compound (53.8 mg, 77 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 274.1 (M+H). - 4-(bromomethyl)-1,2-difluorobenzene (0.12 mL, 0.90 mmol) and cesium carbonate (489 mg, 1.50 mmol) were added to an NMP solution (5 mL) of the compound obtained in the above (2) (204 mg, 0.75 mmol), and stirred at 80°C for 10 hours. Next, water was added to the reaction liquid, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with aqueous saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution and saturated saline, dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, then the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform:methanol = 10:0 to 97:3) to obtain the entitled compound (33 mg, 11 %).
Mass Spectrum (ESI): 400.1 (M+H). - In the same manner as in Examples 96-(2) to 96-(3) but changing the compound used in Example 96-(2) to the compound obtained in the above (3), the compound of Example 131 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.90 (4H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 1.48-1.70 (2H, m), 2.18 (3H, s), 2.28-2.38 (2H, m), 3.01 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.46 (2H, s), 4.07 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 4.93 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.9 Hz), 5.94 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 6.75 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz), 7.09 (3H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.15-7.26 (4H, m). - In the same manner as in Example 42 but changing the compound of Example 14-(3) used in Example 42 to the compound of Example 113-(2) and changing isopropylamine to corresponding amines, the compounds of Examples 132 and 133 were obtained.
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.93 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.50-1.62 (2H, m), 2.62 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.85 (2H, s), 4.53 (2H, t, J=14.1 Hz), 4.93 (2H, s), 5.90 (1H, d, J=2.6 Hz), 5.97 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.6 Hz), 7.09 (2H, t, J=8.8 Hz), 7.22-7.28 (1H, m), 7.34-7.48 (6H, m).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.34-0.48 (4H, m), 2.11-2.16 (1H, m), 3.87 (2H, s), 4.53 (2H, t, J=14.1 Hz), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.90 (1H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 5.96 (1H, dd, J=7.6, 2.8 Hz), 7.09 (2H, t, J=8.8 Hz), 7.22-7.30 (1H, m), 7.35-7.38 (4H, m), 7.46 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz).
- In the same manner as in Example 114-(1) and 114-(2) but changing the compound of Reference Example 31 used in Example 113-(1) to ethyl 6-{[(methylsulfonyl)oxy]methyl}nicotinate [Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2003), 46(11), 2216-2226] and changing the compound of Reference Example 2 to the compound of Reference Example 6; then subsequently in the same manner as in Example 14-(3) but using the obtained hydroxymethyl compound in place of the compound used in Example 14-(3); and further subsequently in the same manner as in Example 42 but using the obtained chloromethyl compound in place of the compound of Example 14-(3) used in Example 42 and changing isopropylamine to pyrrolidine, the compound of Example 134 was obtained.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.75-1.85 (4H, m), 2.45-2.55 (4H, m), 3.66 (2H, s), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.34 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 3.2 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=3.2 Hz), 7.06-7.11 (2H, m), 7.20-7.30 (1H, m), 7.34-7.37 (2H, m), 7.48 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.70-7.77 (1H, m), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz). - In the same manner as in Example 134 but changing pyrrolidine used in Example 134 to corresponding amines, the compounds of Examples 135 to 139 were obtained.
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 2.07-2.14 (2H, m), 3.23 (4H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.60 (2H, s), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.33 (2H, s), 5.74 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 3.3 Hz), 6.04 (1H, d, J=3.3 Hz), 7.05-7.12 (2H, m), 7.22-7.28 (1H, m), 7.32-7.40 (2H, m), 7.47 (1H, d, J=8.2 Hz), 7.66 (1H, dd, J=8.2, 1.9 Hz), 8.52 (1H, d, J=1.9 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.16 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 2.70 (2H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 3.85 (2H, s), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.34 (2H, s), 5.76 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 3.3 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=3.3 Hz), 7.05-7.12 (2H, m), 7.23-7.28 (1H, m), 7.33-7.40 (2H, m), 7.49 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.74 (1H, dd, J=7.9, 2.4 Hz), 8.58 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.93 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.51-1.61 (2H, m), 2.60 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.83 (2H, s), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.34 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 3.2 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=3.2 Hz), 7.06-7.11 (2H, m), 7.22-7.30 (1H, m), 7.32-7.40 (2H, m), 7.49 (1H, d, J=8.1 Hz), 7.73 (1H, dd, J=8.1, 2.0 Hz), 8.58 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.10-0.15 (2H, m), 0.45-0.55 (2H, m), 0.92-1.02 (1H, m), 2.50 (2H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 3.86 (2H, s), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.34 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.9 Hz), 6.04 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 7.04-7.12 (2H, m), 7.22-7.28 (1H, m), 7.32-7.40 (2H, m), 7.49 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.74 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.0 Hz), 8.58 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.92 (6H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 1.75-1.81 (1H, m), 2.44 (2H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 3.84 (2H, s), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.34 (2H, s), 5.76 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 3.1 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=3.1 Hz), 7.06-7.11 (2H, m), 7.22-7.30 (1H, m), 7.32-7.40 (2H, m), 7.49 (1H, d, J=7.7 Hz), 7.75 (1H, dd, J=7.7, 1.8 Hz), 8.59 (1H, d, J=1.8 Hz).
- In the same manner as in Reference Example 20 but changing the compound used in Reference Example 20 to [6-({[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)pyridin-3-yl]methanol, obtained was [6-({[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)pyridin-3-yl]methyl methanesulfonate. Subsequently, in the same manner as in Example 124-(1) but changing the compound of Reference Example 34 used in Example 124-(1) to the obtained [6-({[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)pyridin-3-yl]methyl methanesulfonate, obtained was 1-{[6-(chloromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]methoxy}-4-[(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one. Further, in the same manner as in Example 42 but changing the compound of Example 14-(3) used in Example 42 to the obtained 1-{[6-(chloromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]methoxy}-4-[(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one and changing isopropylamine to pyrrolidine, obtained was the compound of Example 140.
1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.80-1.87 (4H, m), 2.56-2.70 (4H, m), 3.84 (2H, s), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.27 (2H, s), 5.73 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 3.2 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=3.2 Hz), 7.02-7.12 (3H, m), 7.32-7.40 (2H, m), 7.45-7.55 (1H, m), 7.79 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 1.9 Hz), 8.56 (1H, d, J=1.9 Hz). Examples 141 to 145: - In the same manner as in Example 140 but changing pyrrolidine used in Example 140 to corresponding amines, the compounds of Examples 141 to 145 were obtained.
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 2.16 (2H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.37 (4H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 3.79 (2H, s), 4.92 (2H, s), 5.26 (2H, s), 5.73 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 3.4 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=3.4 Hz), 7.03-7.11 (3H, m), 7.32-7.42 (3H, m), 7.78 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.0 Hz), 8.54 (1H, d, J=2.0 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 1.20 (3H, t, J=7.2 Hz), 2.76 (2H, q, J=7.2 Hz), 3.99 (2H, s), 4.93 (2H, s), 5.27 (2H, s), 5.74 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 3.2 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=3.2 Hz), 7.05-7.11 (3H, m), 7.34-7.40 (3H, m), 7.79 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 2.1 Hz), 8.56 (1H, d, J=2.1 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.95 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.55-1.65 (2H, m), 2.67 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.98 (2H, s), 4.93 (2H, s), 5.27 (2H, s), 5.74 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 3.3 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=3.3 Hz), 7.05-7.15 (3H, m), 7.33-7.40 (3H, m), 7.79 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.2 Hz), 8.56 (1H, d, J=2.2 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3,δ ppm): 0.10-0.20 (2H, m), 0.45-0.55 (2H, m), 0.96-1.06 (1H, m), 2.56 (2H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 4.00 (2H, s), 4.93 (2H, s), 5.27 (2H, s), 5.74 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.9 Hz), 6.05 (1H, d, J=2.9 Hz), 7.04-7.11 (3H, m), 7.34-7.40 (3H, m), 7.79 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 2.2 Hz), 8.56 (1H, d, J=2.2 Hz).
- 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, δ ppm): 0.96 (6H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 1.80-1.92 (1H, m), 2.53 (2H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 4.01 (2H, s), 4.93 (2H, s), 5.27 (2H, s), 5.75 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 3.1 Hz), 6.06 (1H, d, J=3.1 Hz), 7.06-7.11 (3H, m), 7.32-7.42 (3H, m), 7.81 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 2.1 Hz), 8.57 (1H, d, J=2.1 Hz).
- The compounds of the invention have an MCH-1R antagonistic effect and are useful, for example, as a preventive or a remedy for metabolic disorders such as obesity, diabetes, hormone disorder, hyperlipidemia, gout, fatty liver, hepatitis, cirrhosis; cardiovascular disorders such as stenocardia, acute or congestive heart failure, myocardial infarction, coronary atherosclerosis, hypertension, renal diseases, electrolyte abnormality; central and peripheral nervous system disorders such as bulimia, emotional disturbance, depression, anxiety, epilepsy, delirium, dementia, schizophrenia, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, memory impairment, sleep disorders, cognitive failure, dyskinesia, paresthesias, smell disorders, morphine tolerance, drug dependence, alcoholism; reproductive disorders such as infertility, preterm labor and sexual dysfunction; and digestive disorders, respiratory disorders cancer or pigmentation et al.
Claims (27)
- A pyridone compound of a formula [I] or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof:R1 and R2 are the same or different, each representing a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally having substituent(s), or a lower cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent(s), and R1 and R2, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they bond, may form a 4- to 11-membered, crosslinked, non-crosslinked or spiro-cyclic aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring optionally having substituent(s);X1 and X2 each represent a methine optionally having substituent(s) selected from a group consisting of a group α, a methine substituted with Ar-Y1-Y2-Y3-, or a nitrogen atom, and any one of X1 and X2 is a methine substituted with Ar-Y1-Y2-Y3-, and the other is a methine optionally having substituent(s) selected from the group consisting of the group α or a nitrogen atom;substituent selected from a group consisting of a group α: a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group optionally substituted with halogen atom(s), and a lower alkyloxy group optionally substituted with halogen atom(s);X3 and X4 are the same or different, each representing a methine optionally having substituent(s) or a nitrogen atom;X5, X6, X7 and X8 are the same or different, each representing a methine optionally having substituent(s) or a nitrogen atom, however, at least 3 atoms of X5, X6, X7 and X8 are not nitrogen atoms at the same time;Y1 represents a single bond, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -SO- or -SO2-;Y2 represents a single bond, a lower alkylene group optionally having substituent(s), a lower alkenylene group optionally having substituent(s), or a lower cycloalkylene group optionally having substituent(s);Y3 represents a single bond, -O-, -NR-, -S-, -SO- or -SO2-;R represents a hydrogen atom, or a lower alkyl group optionally having substituent(s);W represents -(O)m1-(CH2)n-(O)m2-, in which -(CH2)n- may optionally have substituent(s);m1 and m2 are the same or different, each indicating 0 or 1; n indicates an integer of from 1 to 4; and they satisfy 2 ≤ m1+m2+n ≤ 4, but m1, m2 and n are not 1 at the same time;L represents a single bond or a methylene group optionally having substituent(s), and L, taken together with Z2 and R1 and with the nitrogen atom adjacent to R1, may form an aliphatic nitrogen-containing hetero ring optionally having substituent(s);Z1 represents a single bond, -O-, or a C1-4 alkylene group optionally having substituent(s);Z2 represents a single bond or a C1-4 alkylene group optionally having substituent(s);however, Y1, Y2, Y3, Z1, L and Z2 are not all single bonds at the same time;Ar represents an aromatic carbocyclic group optionally having substituent(s), an aromatic heterocyclic group optionally having substituent(s), or an aliphatic carbocyclic group optionally having substituent(s)].
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in claim 1, wherein X1 is an unsubstituted methine and X2 is a methine substituted with Ar-Y1-Y2-Y3-.
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in claim 1, wherein X1 is a methine substituted with Ar-Y1-Y2-Y3-, and X2 is an unsubstituted methine.
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in any of claims 1 to 3, wherein X3 and X4 are both methines optionally having substituent(s), or any one of these is a nitrogen atom and the other is an unsubstituted methine.
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in any of claims 1 to 4, wherein X5, X6, X7 and X8 are all methines optionally having substituent(s).
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in any of claims 1 to 5, wherein Y1 is a single bond.
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in any of claims 1 to 6, wherein Y2 is a single bond, a methylene group optionally having substituent(s), a vinylene group optionally having substituent(s), or an ethylene group optionally having substituent(s).
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in any of claims 1 to 7, wherein Y3 is a single bond or -O-.
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in any of claims 1 to 8, wherein m1=1, n=1 and m2=0 in W.
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in any of claims 1 to 8, wherein m1=0, n=2 and m2=0 in W.
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in any of claims 1 to 10, wherein Z1 is a single bond, a methylene group optionally having substituent(s), or -O-.
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in claims 1 to 11, wherein L is a single bond, or a methylene group optionally having substituent(s).
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in claims 1 to 12, wherein Z2 is a single bond or a methylene group optionally having substituent(s).
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in claims 1 to 11, wherein L, taken together with Z2 and R1 and with the nitrogen atom adjacent to R1, forms a pyrrolidine ring optionally having substituent(s).
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in any of claims 1 to 13, wherein R1 and R2 are the same or different, each representing a hydrogen, a C1-4 alkyl group optionally having substituent(s), or a C3-6 cycloalkyl group optionally having substituent(s).
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in any of claims 1 to 13, wherein R1 and R2, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they bond, form an azetidine ring optionally having substituent(s), a pyrrolidine ring optionally having substituent(s), or a piperidine ring optionally having substituent(s).
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in any of claims 1 to 16, wherein Ar is a phenyl group optionally having substituent(s), or a pyridinyl group optionally having substituent(s).
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in claim 17, wherein the substituent(s) in Ar is selected from a group consisting of a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, a difluoromethyl group and a trifluoromethoxy group.
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in claim 1, wherein the compound of formula [I] is selected from a group consisting of:1) 4- [(5 -chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]-1-(2-{4-[(diethylamino)methyl]phenyl}ethyl)pyridin-2(1H)-one,2) 1- {2-[4-(azetidin-1-ylmethyl)-3-fluorophenyl]ethyl}-4- [(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one,3) 4- [(5 -chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]-1-(2-{4-[(cyclopropylamino)methyl]phenyl}ethyl)pyridin-2(1H)-one,4) 4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]-1-{2-[4-(1-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)phenyl]ethyl}pyridin-2(1H)-one,5) 1- {2-[4-(1-azetidin-1-ylethyl)phenyl]ethyl}-4- [(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one,6) 1-{2-[4-(azetidin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl]ethyl}-4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one,7) 4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]-1-{2-[4-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl]ethyl}pyridin-2(1H)-one,8) 4- [(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy] -1 - {2-[5-(pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl)pyridin-2-yl]ethyl}pyridin-2(1H)-one,9) 1- {2-[5-(azetidin-1-ylmethyl)pyridin-2-yl]ethyl}-4- [(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one,10) 1- {2-[5-(azetidin-1-ylmethyl)pyridin-2-yl]ethyl}-4- [(4-chlorobenzyl)oxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one,11) 4-[(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]-1-(2-fluoro-2-{4-[(propylamino)methyl]phenyl}ethyl)pyridin-2(1H)-one,12) 4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]-1-(2-{4-[(propylamino)methyl]phenyl}ethyl)pyridin-2(1H)-one, and13) 1-(2,2-difluoro-2-{4-[(propylamino)methyl]phenyl}ethyl)-4-[(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one.
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in claim 1, wherein the compound of formula [I] is 4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]-1-(2- {4-[(diethylamino)methyl]phenyl}ethyl)pyridin-2(1H)-one.
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in claim 1, wherein the compound of formula [I] is 1-{2-[4-(1-azetidin-1-ylethyl)phenyl]ethyl}-4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one.
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in claim 1, wherein the compound of formula [I] is 1- {2-[4-(azetidin-1-ylmethyl)phenyl]ethyl}-4-[(5-chloropyridin-2-yl)methoxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one.
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in claim 1, wherein the compound of formula [I] is 1-{2-[5-(azetidin-l-ylmethyl)pyridin-2-yl]ethyl}-4-[(4-fluorobenzyl)oxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one.
- The compound or the pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as claimed in claim 1, wherein the compound of formula [I] is 1-{2-[5-(azetidin-1-ylmethyl)pyridin-2-yl]ethyl}-4-[(4-chlorobenzyl)oxy]pyridin-2(1H)-one.
- A melanin concentrating hormone receptor antagonist comprising a compound of any of claims 1 to 24 or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as the active ingredient.
- A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier and a compound of any of claims 1 to 24 or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof.
- A preventive, treating or remedial agent comprising a compound of any of claims 1 to 24 or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof as the active ingredient, for metabolic disorders such as obesity, diabetes, hormone disorder, hyperlipidemia, gout, fatty liver, hepatitis, cirrhosis; cardiovascular disorders such as stenocardia, acute or congestive heart failure, myocardial infarction, coronary atherosclerosis, hypertension, renal diseases, electrolyte abnormality; central and peripheral nervous system disorders such as bulimia, emotional disturbance, depression, anxiety, epilepsy, delirium, dementia, schizophrenia, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, memory impairment, sleep disorders, cognitive failure, dyskinesia, paresthesias, smell disorders, morphine tolerance, drug dependence, alcoholism; reproductive disorders such as infertility, preterm labor and sexual dysfunction; digestive disorders; respiratory disorders; cancer or pigmentation.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2005231995 | 2005-08-10 | ||
PCT/JP2006/315775 WO2007018248A1 (en) | 2005-08-10 | 2006-08-03 | Pyridone compound |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
EP1916239A1 true EP1916239A1 (en) | 2008-04-30 |
EP1916239A4 EP1916239A4 (en) | 2009-10-21 |
Family
ID=37727430
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP06782591A Withdrawn EP1916239A4 (en) | 2005-08-10 | 2006-08-03 | Pyridone compound |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US20100216758A1 (en) |
EP (1) | EP1916239A4 (en) |
JP (1) | JPWO2007018248A1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU2006277253A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2618112A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2007018248A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP2502898A1 (en) * | 2009-11-18 | 2012-09-26 | Central Glass Company, Limited | Preparation method for aromatic difluoroacetic acid ester |
WO2013131935A1 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2013-09-12 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pyridinone and pyridazinone derivatives as mch - receptor modulators |
WO2016166684A1 (en) | 2015-04-15 | 2016-10-20 | Richter Gedeon Nyrt. | Indole derivatives |
Families Citing this family (15)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP2061767B1 (en) | 2006-08-08 | 2014-12-17 | Sanofi | Arylaminoaryl-alkyl-substituted imidazolidine-2,4-diones, processes for preparing them, medicaments comprising these compounds, and their use |
WO2008022979A1 (en) | 2006-08-25 | 2008-02-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | New pyridone derivatives with mch antagonistic activity and medicaments comprising these compounds |
WO2009103478A1 (en) * | 2008-02-19 | 2009-08-27 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pyridone and pyridazinone derivatives as mch antagonists |
EP2301936A1 (en) * | 2008-06-19 | 2011-03-30 | Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Spirodiamine-diarylketoxime derivative |
WO2010003624A2 (en) | 2008-07-09 | 2010-01-14 | Sanofi-Aventis | Heterocyclic compounds, processes for their preparation, medicaments comprising these compounds, and the use thereof |
WO2010068601A1 (en) | 2008-12-08 | 2010-06-17 | Sanofi-Aventis | A crystalline heteroaromatic fluoroglycoside hydrate, processes for making, methods of use and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
UY32442A (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2010-09-30 | Sanofi Aventis | NEW SUBSTITUTED INDANS, PROCESSES FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND USE OF THE SAME AS A MEDICINAL PRODUCT |
UY32443A (en) | 2009-02-13 | 2010-09-30 | Sanofi Aventis | NEW TETRAHYDRONAFTALENES, PROCESSES FOR THE PREPARATION AND USE OF THE SAME AS A MEDICINAL PRODUCT. |
CN102482312A (en) | 2009-08-26 | 2012-05-30 | 赛诺菲 | Novel crystalline heteroaromatic fluoroglycoside hydrates, pharmaceuticals comprising these compounds and their use |
WO2012120054A1 (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2012-09-13 | Sanofi | Di- and tri-substituted oxathiazine derivates, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof |
US8901114B2 (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2014-12-02 | Sanofi | Oxathiazine derivatives substituted with carbocycles or heterocycles, method for producing same, drugs containing said compounds, and use thereof |
WO2012120055A1 (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2012-09-13 | Sanofi | Di- and tri-substituted oxathiazine derivates, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof |
WO2012120056A1 (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2012-09-13 | Sanofi | Tetrasubstituted oxathiazine derivatives, method for producing them, their use as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and the use thereof |
WO2012120053A1 (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2012-09-13 | Sanofi | Branched oxathiazine derivatives, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof |
HUP2200222A1 (en) | 2022-06-17 | 2023-12-28 | Richter Gedeon Nyrt | Mchr1 antagonists for the treatment of prader-willi syndrome |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2001021577A2 (en) * | 1999-09-20 | 2001-03-29 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Melanin concentrating hormone antagonist |
EP1285651A1 (en) * | 2000-04-28 | 2003-02-26 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Melanin concentrating hormone antagonists |
Family Cites Families (179)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS4899178A (en) | 1972-04-06 | 1973-12-15 | ||
US3914250A (en) | 1974-08-01 | 1975-10-21 | American Home Prod | 1,4-Diazepino{8 6,5,4-jk{9 carbazoles |
JPS608117B2 (en) | 1977-02-08 | 1985-02-28 | 財団法人微生物化学研究会 | New physiologically active substance esterastin and its production method |
DE2928485A1 (en) | 1979-07-14 | 1981-01-29 | Bayer Ag | USE OF UREA DERIVATIVES AS A MEDICINAL PRODUCT IN THE TREATMENT OF FATTY METABOLISM DISORDERS |
US4476680A (en) | 1979-08-14 | 1984-10-16 | Sundstrand Corporation | Pressure override control |
ZA821577B (en) | 1981-04-06 | 1983-03-30 | Boots Co Plc | Therapeutic agents |
US4452813A (en) | 1981-05-22 | 1984-06-05 | Taiho Pharmaceutical Company Limited | Sulfonate derivatives, process for preparing same and antilipemic compositions containing the derivative |
CA1247547A (en) | 1983-06-22 | 1988-12-28 | Paul Hadvary | Leucine derivatives |
US4832287A (en) | 1987-07-22 | 1989-05-23 | Bertil Werjefelt | Operator station emergency visual assurance method and apparatus |
IE61928B1 (en) | 1988-11-29 | 1994-11-30 | Boots Co Plc | Treatment of obesity |
US5391571A (en) | 1989-11-15 | 1995-02-21 | American Home Products Corporation | Cholesterol ester hydrolase inhibitors |
US5081122A (en) | 1990-03-05 | 1992-01-14 | Sterling Drug Inc. | Antiglaucoma compositions containing 4-arylcarbonyl-1-(4-morpholinyl)-lower-alkyl)-1H-indoles and method of use thereof |
US5112820A (en) | 1990-03-05 | 1992-05-12 | Sterling Drug Inc. | Anti-glaucoma compositions containing 2- and 3-aminomethyl-6-arylcarbonyl- or 6-phenylthio-2,3-dihydropyrrolo-(1,2,3-de)-1,4-benzoxazines and method of use thereof |
US5013837A (en) | 1990-03-08 | 1991-05-07 | Sterling Drug Inc. | 3-Arylcarbonyl-1H-indole-containing compounds |
US4973587A (en) | 1990-03-08 | 1990-11-27 | Sterling Drug Inc. | 3-arylcarbonyl-1-aminoalkyl-1H-indole-containing antiglaucoma method |
WO1993018035A1 (en) | 1992-03-04 | 1993-09-16 | Abbott Laboratories | Angiotensin ii receptor antagonists |
FR2692575B1 (en) | 1992-06-23 | 1995-06-30 | Sanofi Elf | NOVEL PYRAZOLE DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM. |
US5349056A (en) | 1992-10-09 | 1994-09-20 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals | Modified ciliary neurotrophic factors |
US6472178B1 (en) | 1998-02-27 | 2002-10-29 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Nucleic acids encoding a modified ciliary neurotrophic factor and method of making thereof |
US5451677A (en) | 1993-02-09 | 1995-09-19 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Substituted phenyl sulfonamides as selective β 3 agonists for the treatment of diabetes and obesity |
US5292736A (en) | 1993-02-26 | 1994-03-08 | Sterling Winthrop Inc. | Morpholinoalkylindenes as antiglaucoma agents |
FR2714057B1 (en) | 1993-12-17 | 1996-03-08 | Sanofi Elf | New derivatives of 3-pyrazolecarboxamide, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them. |
US5705515A (en) | 1994-04-26 | 1998-01-06 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Substituted sulfonamides as selective β-3 agonists for the treatment of diabetes and obesity |
PL321136A1 (en) | 1994-11-07 | 1997-11-24 | Pfizer | Some substituted derivatives of bencylamine as a new class of specific ligands of neuropeptide y1 |
US5559208A (en) | 1995-01-31 | 1996-09-24 | Eli Lilly And Company | Anti-obesity proteins |
US5521283A (en) | 1995-01-31 | 1996-05-28 | Eli Lilly And Company | Anti-obesity proteins |
US5554727A (en) | 1995-01-31 | 1996-09-10 | Eli Lilly And Company | Anti-obesity proteins |
US5552522A (en) | 1995-01-31 | 1996-09-03 | Eli Lilly And Company | Anti-obesity proteins |
US5552523A (en) | 1995-01-31 | 1996-09-03 | Eli Lilly And Company | Anti-obesity proteins |
US5552524A (en) | 1995-01-31 | 1996-09-03 | Eli Lilly And Company | Anti-obesity proteins |
US5605886A (en) | 1995-01-31 | 1997-02-25 | Eli Lilly And Company | Anti-obesity proteins |
AU4766096A (en) | 1995-01-31 | 1996-08-21 | Eli Lilly And Company | Anti-obesity proteins |
AU4766196A (en) | 1995-01-31 | 1996-08-21 | Eli Lilly And Company | Anti-obesity proteins |
US5532237A (en) | 1995-02-15 | 1996-07-02 | Merck Frosst Canada, Inc. | Indole derivatives with affinity for the cannabinoid receptor |
US5831115A (en) | 1995-04-21 | 1998-11-03 | Abbott Laboratories | Inhibitors of squalene synthase and protein farnesyltransferase |
US20020006964A1 (en) | 1995-05-16 | 2002-01-17 | Young James W. | Methods of using and compositions comprising (+) sibutramine optionally in combination with other pharmacologically active compounds |
US5739106A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1998-04-14 | Rink; Timothy J. | Appetite regulating compositions |
FR2741621B1 (en) | 1995-11-23 | 1998-02-13 | Sanofi Sa | NOVEL PYRAZOLE DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THE SAME |
AU7692896A (en) | 1995-12-01 | 1997-06-27 | Novartis Ag | Quinazolin-2,4-diazirines as NPY receptor antagonist |
WO1997020821A1 (en) | 1995-12-01 | 1997-06-12 | Novartis Ag | Heteroaryl derivatives |
WO1997020823A2 (en) | 1995-12-01 | 1997-06-12 | Novartis Ag | 2-amino quinazoline derivatives as npy receptor antagonists |
WO1997019682A1 (en) | 1995-12-01 | 1997-06-05 | Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation | Aryl sulfonamide and sulfamide derivatives and uses thereof |
AU7626496A (en) | 1995-12-01 | 1997-06-27 | Ciba-Geigy Ag | Heteroaryl compounds |
TW432073B (en) | 1995-12-28 | 2001-05-01 | Pfizer | Pyrazolopyridine compounds |
AU1618697A (en) | 1996-02-06 | 1997-08-28 | Japan Tobacco Inc. | Novel compounds and pharmaceutical use thereof |
IT1288388B1 (en) | 1996-11-19 | 1998-09-22 | Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio | USE OF SUBSTANCES THAT ACTIVATE THE CNTF RECEPTOR (NEUROTROPHIC CHILI FACTOR) FOR THE PREPARATION OF DRUGS FOR THERAPY |
AU7738198A (en) | 1996-12-15 | 1998-07-15 | Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Aminopyrazole derivatives |
WO1998031227A1 (en) | 1997-01-21 | 1998-07-23 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Novel cannabinoid receptor modulators |
JP2001511147A (en) | 1997-02-04 | 2001-08-07 | ザ・ボード・オブ・トラステイーズ・オブ・ザ・ユニバーシテイ・オブ・アーカンソー | Fungicidal and fungicidal carboxamides |
PT966436E (en) | 1997-02-21 | 2003-03-31 | Bayer Ag | ARILSULFONAMIDES AND ANALOGS AND THEIR APPLICATION FOR THE TREATMENT OF NEURODEGENERATIVE DISEASES |
WO1998041519A1 (en) | 1997-03-18 | 1998-09-24 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Novel cannabinoid receptor agonists |
FR2761266B1 (en) | 1997-03-28 | 1999-07-02 | Sanofi Sa | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION FORMED BY WET GRANULATION FOR THE ORAL ADMINISTRATION OF A DERIVATIVE OF N-PIPERIDINO-3- PYRAZOLECARBOXAMIDE, ITS SALTS AND THEIR SOLVATES |
FR2761265B1 (en) | 1997-03-28 | 1999-07-02 | Sanofi Sa | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION FOR THE ORAL ADMINISTRATION OF A DERIVATIVE OF N-PIPERIDINO-3-PYRAZOLECARBOXAMIDE, ITS SALTS AND THEIR SOLVATES |
TWI242011B (en) | 1997-03-31 | 2005-10-21 | Eisai Co Ltd | 1,4-substituted cyclic amine derivatives |
JP4228398B2 (en) | 1997-04-23 | 2009-02-25 | 萬有製薬株式会社 | Neuropeptide Y receptor antagonist |
US6001836A (en) | 1997-05-28 | 1999-12-14 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Dihydropyridine NPY antagonists: cyanoguanidine derivatives |
SE9702457D0 (en) | 1997-06-26 | 1997-06-26 | Pharmacia & Upjohn Ab | screening |
WO1999002499A1 (en) | 1997-07-11 | 1999-01-21 | Japan Tobacco Inc. | Quinoline compounds and medicinal uses thereof |
EP1068207A1 (en) | 1998-04-02 | 2001-01-17 | Neurogen Corporation | AMINOALKYL SUBSTITUTED 9H-PYRIDINO 2,3-b]INDOLE AND 9H-PYRIMIDINO 4,5-b]INDOLE DERIVATIVES |
ATE269846T1 (en) | 1998-04-29 | 2004-07-15 | Ortho Mcneil Pharm Inc | N-SUBSTITUTED AMINOTETRALINES AS NEUROPEPTIDE Y Y5 RECEPTOR LIGANDS AND THEIR USE IN THE TREATMENT OF OBESITY AND OTHER DISEASES |
US6329395B1 (en) | 1998-06-08 | 2001-12-11 | Schering Corporation | Neuropeptide Y5 receptor antagonists |
CA2334551A1 (en) | 1998-06-11 | 1999-12-16 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Spiropiperidine derivatives as melanocortin receptor agonists |
HN1998000027A (en) | 1998-08-19 | 1999-06-02 | Bayer Ip Gmbh | Arylsulphonamides and analogues |
DE19837627A1 (en) | 1998-08-19 | 2000-02-24 | Bayer Ag | New aminoacid esters of arylsulfonamides are useful for e.g. treating neurodegenerative diseases, pain, convulsions or bacterial or viral infections |
US6358951B1 (en) | 1998-08-21 | 2002-03-19 | Pfizer Inc. | Growth hormone secretagogues |
US6337332B1 (en) | 1998-09-17 | 2002-01-08 | Pfizer Inc. | Neuropeptide Y receptor antagonists |
US7417038B1 (en) | 1998-10-15 | 2008-08-26 | Imperial Innovations Limited | Methods of treating cachexia |
ES2255330T3 (en) | 1998-11-10 | 2006-06-16 | MERCK & CO., INC. | SPIROINDOLINES AS ANTAGONISTS OF THE RECEIVER Y5. |
ES2161594B1 (en) | 1998-12-17 | 2003-04-01 | Servier Lab | NEW DERIVATIVES OF HYDRAZIDE, ITS PREPARATION PROCEDURE AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM. |
US6344481B1 (en) | 1999-03-01 | 2002-02-05 | Pfizer Inc. | Thyromimetic antiobesity agents |
IL145240A (en) | 1999-03-19 | 2007-02-11 | Abbott Gmbh & Co Kg | A compound and the use thereof for treating eating disorders |
FR2792314B1 (en) | 1999-04-15 | 2001-06-01 | Adir | NOVEL AMINOTRIAZOLE COMPOUNDS, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THE SAME |
US6340683B1 (en) | 1999-04-22 | 2002-01-22 | Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation | Selective NPY (Y5) antagonists (triazines) |
EP1816127A1 (en) | 1999-04-22 | 2007-08-08 | H. Lundbeck A/S | Triazine derivatives for use as selective npy (y5) antagonists |
EP1177172A1 (en) | 1999-05-05 | 2002-02-06 | Ortho-McNeil Pharmaceutical, Inc. | 3a,4,5,9b-TETRAHYDRO-1H-BENZ e]INDOL-2-YL AMINE-DERIVED NEUROPEPTIDE Y RECEPTORS LIGANDS USEFUL IN THE TREATMENT OF OBESITY AND OTHER DISORDERS |
EP1177188B1 (en) | 1999-05-12 | 2005-10-12 | Ortho-McNeil Pharmaceutical, Inc. | Pyrazole carboxamides useful for the treatment of obesity and other disorders |
AU766191B2 (en) | 1999-06-04 | 2003-10-09 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Substituted piperidines as melanocortin-4 receptor agonists |
EP1194421B1 (en) | 1999-06-30 | 2005-10-12 | H. Lundbeck A/S | Selective npy (y5) antagonists |
WO2001007409A1 (en) | 1999-07-23 | 2001-02-01 | Astrazeneca Uk Limited | Carbazole derivatives and their use as neuropeptide y5 receptor ligands |
CA2380032A1 (en) | 1999-07-28 | 2001-02-08 | Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. | Amine and amide derivatives as ligands for the neuropeptide y y5 receptor useful in the treatment of obesity and other disorders |
TWI279402B (en) | 1999-08-20 | 2007-04-21 | Banyu Pharma Co Ltd | Spiro compounds having NPY antagonistic activities and agents containing the same |
US6506762B1 (en) | 1999-09-30 | 2003-01-14 | Neurogen Corporation | Certain alkylene diamine-substituted heterocycles |
CN1377355A (en) | 1999-09-30 | 2002-10-30 | 纽罗杰有限公司 | Amino substituted pyrazolo [1,5-2]-1,5-pyrimidines and pyrazolo [1,5-2]-1,3, 5-triazines |
IL148905A0 (en) | 1999-09-30 | 2002-09-12 | Neurogen Corp Pfizer Inc | Certain alkylene diamine-substituted pyrazolo{1,5,-a}-1,5-pyrimidines and pyrazolo{1,5,-a}-1,3,5-triazines |
GEP20043160B (en) | 1999-10-13 | 2004-01-26 | Pfizer Products Inc Us | Biaryl Ether Derivatives, Pharmaceutical Compositions Containing Them and Their Use as Monoamine Reuptake Inhibitors |
DE19949319A1 (en) | 1999-10-13 | 2001-06-13 | Ruetgers Vft Ag | Process for the preparation of aryl alkyl ethers |
ES2243337T3 (en) | 1999-12-16 | 2005-12-01 | Schering Corporation | ANTAGONIST REPLACED IMIDAZOLS OF THE Y5 NEUROPEPTIDE Y. |
WO2001056592A1 (en) | 2000-02-01 | 2001-08-09 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Use of compounds for the regulation of food intake |
AU2001234958A1 (en) | 2000-02-11 | 2001-08-20 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Cannabinoid receptor modulators, their processes of preparation, and use of cannabinoid receptor modulators for treating respiratory and non-respiratory diseases |
JP2001226269A (en) | 2000-02-18 | 2001-08-21 | Takeda Chem Ind Ltd | Melanin-concentrating hormone antagonist |
ES2236178T3 (en) | 2000-02-22 | 2005-07-16 | Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | NEW IMIDAZOLINE COMPOUNDS. |
GB0004003D0 (en) | 2000-02-22 | 2000-04-12 | Knoll Ag | Therapeutic agents |
US6531478B2 (en) | 2000-02-24 | 2003-03-11 | Cheryl P. Kordik | Amino pyrazole derivatives useful for the treatment of obesity and other disorders |
FR2805818B1 (en) | 2000-03-03 | 2002-04-26 | Aventis Pharma Sa | AZETIDINE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM |
FR2805817B1 (en) | 2000-03-03 | 2002-04-26 | Aventis Pharma Sa | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING AZETIDINE DERIVATIVES, NOVEL AZETIDINE DERIVATIVES AND THEIR PREPARATION |
FR2805810B1 (en) | 2000-03-03 | 2002-04-26 | Aventis Pharma Sa | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING 3- AMINO-AZETIDINE DERIVATIVES, THE NEW DERIVATIVES AND THEIR PREPARATION |
EP1132389A1 (en) | 2000-03-06 | 2001-09-12 | Vernalis Research Limited | New aza-indolyl derivatives for the treatment of obesity |
MXPA02008797A (en) | 2000-03-14 | 2005-09-08 | Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd | 1,2,3,4 tetrahydroisoquinoline derivatives. |
US6458790B2 (en) | 2000-03-23 | 2002-10-01 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Substituted piperidines as melanocortin receptor agonists |
AU4928101A (en) | 2000-03-23 | 2001-10-03 | Merck & Co Inc | Spiropiperidine derivatives as melanocortin receptor agonists |
US6600015B2 (en) | 2000-04-04 | 2003-07-29 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Selective linear peptides with melanocortin-4 receptor (MC4-R) agonist activity |
EP1142886A1 (en) | 2000-04-07 | 2001-10-10 | Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbH | Percyquinnin, a process for its production and its use as a pharmaceutical |
GB0010757D0 (en) | 2000-05-05 | 2000-06-28 | Astrazeneca Ab | Chemical compounds |
GB0011013D0 (en) | 2000-05-09 | 2000-06-28 | Astrazeneca Ab | Chemical compounds |
US6432960B2 (en) | 2000-05-10 | 2002-08-13 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Squarate derivatives of dihydropyridine NPY antagonists |
WO2001085173A1 (en) | 2000-05-10 | 2001-11-15 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Alkylamine derivatives of dihydropyridine npy antagonists |
US6444675B2 (en) | 2000-05-10 | 2002-09-03 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | 4-alkyl and 4-cycloalkyl derivatives of dihydropyridine NPY antagonists |
ATE310728T1 (en) | 2000-05-11 | 2005-12-15 | Bristol Myers Squibb Co | TETRAHYDROISOCHINOLINE ANALOGUE AS GROWTH HORMONE SECRETAGOGEN |
WO2001087834A1 (en) | 2000-05-16 | 2001-11-22 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Melanin-concentrating hormone antagonist |
AUPQ761100A0 (en) | 2000-05-18 | 2000-06-08 | Australian Rural Group Limited | Lipophilic medicament |
SE0001899D0 (en) | 2000-05-22 | 2000-05-22 | Pharmacia & Upjohn Ab | New compounds |
AU6497701A (en) | 2000-05-30 | 2001-12-11 | Merck & Co Inc | Melanocortin receptor agonists |
EP2301930B1 (en) | 2000-06-15 | 2016-01-06 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Derivatives of hexahydrobenzofuranone useful for the treatment of (inter alia) auto-immune or inflammatory disorders |
PT1289955E (en) | 2000-06-16 | 2005-08-31 | Smithkline Beecham Plc | PIPERIDINES FOR USE AS ANTAGONISTS OF OREXINE RECEPTORS |
CA2384358A1 (en) | 2000-07-05 | 2002-01-10 | Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation | Dna encoding a human melanin concentrating hormone receptor (mch1) and uses thereof |
AU783403B2 (en) | 2000-07-05 | 2005-10-20 | H. Lundbeck A/S | Selective melanin concentrating hormone-1 (MCH1) receptor antagonists and uses thereof |
JP2004516239A (en) | 2000-07-06 | 2004-06-03 | ニューロジェン コーポレイション | Melanin-concentrating hormone receptor ligand |
GB0019357D0 (en) | 2000-08-07 | 2000-09-27 | Melacure Therapeutics Ab | Novel phenyl guanidines |
CN1443198A (en) | 2000-07-24 | 2003-09-17 | 阿达纳生物科学有限公司 | Ghrelin antagonists |
AU8395501A (en) | 2000-07-31 | 2002-02-13 | Hoffmann La Roche | Piperazine derivatives |
US6768024B1 (en) | 2000-08-04 | 2004-07-27 | Lion Bioscience Ag | Triamine derivative melanocortin receptor ligands and methods of using same |
GB0019359D0 (en) | 2000-08-07 | 2000-09-27 | Melacure Therapeutics Ab | Novel guanidines |
WO2002015905A1 (en) | 2000-08-21 | 2002-02-28 | Gliatech, Inc. | The use of histamine h3 receptor inverse agonists for the control of appetite and treatment of obesity |
WO2002015845A2 (en) | 2000-08-21 | 2002-02-28 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Anti-hypercholesterolemic drug combination |
CA2419310A1 (en) | 2000-08-23 | 2002-02-28 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Substituted piperidines as melanocortin receptor agonists |
US6900226B2 (en) | 2000-09-06 | 2005-05-31 | Hoffman-La Roche Inc. | Neuropeptide Y antagonists |
MXPA03002263A (en) | 2000-09-14 | 2003-06-24 | Schering Corp | Substituted urea neuropeptide y y5 receptor antagonists. |
CN1469871A (en) | 2000-10-13 | 2004-01-21 | Substituted dipeptides as growth hormone secretagogues | |
DE10050995A1 (en) | 2000-10-14 | 2002-04-18 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma | New benzylic acid azabicyclooctane ester quaternary salts useful as anticholinergic agents, especially in treatment of asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease |
CA2422698C (en) | 2000-10-16 | 2009-12-15 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Indoline derivatives and their use as 5-ht2 receptor ligands |
AU2002227170A1 (en) | 2000-11-03 | 2002-05-15 | Wyeth | Cycloalkyl(b)(1,4)diazepino(6,7,1-hi)indoles and derivatives |
JP4387103B2 (en) | 2000-11-20 | 2009-12-16 | ビオヴィトルム・アクチボラゲット(プブリクト) | Piperazinyl pyrazine compounds as agonists or antagonists of serotonin 5HT-2 receptor |
CA2428905A1 (en) | 2000-11-20 | 2002-05-23 | Biovitrum Ab | Piperazinylpyrazines compounds as antagonists of serotonin 5-ht2 receptor |
US6566367B2 (en) | 2000-12-12 | 2003-05-20 | Pfizer Inc. | Spiro[isobenzofuran-1,4′-piperidin]-3-ones and 3H-spiroisobenzofuran-1,4′-piperidines |
GB0030710D0 (en) | 2000-12-15 | 2001-01-31 | Hoffmann La Roche | Piperazine derivatives |
CA2432809C (en) | 2000-12-21 | 2010-11-30 | Schering Corporation | Heteroaryl urea neuropeptide y y5 receptor antagonists |
KR20040011447A (en) | 2000-12-22 | 2004-02-05 | 쉐링 코포레이션 | Piperidine MCH antagonists and their use in the treatment of obesity |
WO2002051232A2 (en) | 2000-12-27 | 2002-07-04 | Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd. | Novel benzazepines and related heterocyclic derivatives |
CA2432085C (en) | 2000-12-27 | 2009-02-24 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Indole derivatives and their use as 5-ht2b and 5-ht2c receptor ligands |
US7291619B2 (en) | 2001-01-23 | 2007-11-06 | Eli Lilly And Company | Melanocortin receptor agonists |
CA2433025A1 (en) | 2001-01-23 | 2002-08-01 | Chaoyu Xie | Substituted piperidines/piperazines as melanocortin receptor agonists |
JP2004524297A (en) | 2001-01-23 | 2004-08-12 | イーライ・リリー・アンド・カンパニー | Melanocortin receptor agonist |
US7034039B2 (en) | 2001-02-02 | 2006-04-25 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | Fused heterocyclic compounds |
DE60232238D1 (en) | 2001-02-28 | 2009-06-18 | Merck & Co Inc | ACYLATED PIPERIDINE DERIVATIVES THAN MELANOCORTIN-4-RECEPTOR AGONISTS |
EP1383501B1 (en) | 2001-02-28 | 2007-04-04 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Acylated piperidine derivatives as melanocortin-4 receptor agonists |
AU2002255597B8 (en) | 2001-02-28 | 2006-10-26 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Acylated piperidine derivatives as melanocortin-4 receptor agonists |
US6900329B2 (en) | 2001-03-21 | 2005-05-31 | Schering Corporation | MCH antagonists and their use in the treatment of obesity |
CA2441235C (en) | 2001-03-21 | 2011-05-24 | Pharmacopeia, Inc. | Aryl and biaryl compounds having mch modulatory activity |
AR033046A1 (en) | 2001-03-22 | 2003-12-03 | Solvay Pharm Bv | DERIVATIVES OF 4,5-DIHIDRO-1H-PIRAZOL HAVING CB1 ANTAGONIST ACTIVITY, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION AND PREPARATION METHODS |
WO2001074782A1 (en) | 2001-03-29 | 2001-10-11 | Molecular Design International, Inc. | β3-ADRENORECEPTOR AGONISTS, AGONIST COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF MAKING AND USING THE SAME |
WO2002081454A1 (en) | 2001-04-09 | 2002-10-17 | Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Ltd. | Derivatives of aryl acids, their use in medicine, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
CA2443672C (en) | 2001-04-12 | 2011-03-29 | Pharmacopeia, Inc. | Aryl and biaryl piperidines used as mch antagonists |
US6573287B2 (en) | 2001-04-12 | 2003-06-03 | Bristo-Myers Squibb Company | 2,1-oxazoline and 1,2-pyrazoline-based inhibitors of dipeptidyl peptidase IV and method |
FR2824825B1 (en) | 2001-05-15 | 2005-05-06 | Servier Lab | NOVEL ALPHA-AMINOACID DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM |
MXPA03010565A (en) | 2001-05-21 | 2004-03-02 | Hoffmann La Roche | Quinoline derivatives as ligands for the neuropeptide y receptor. |
CA2448080A1 (en) | 2001-05-22 | 2002-11-28 | Neurogen Corporation | Melanin concentrating hormone receptor ligands: substituted 1-benzyl-4-aryl piperazine analogues |
EP1406622B1 (en) | 2001-06-20 | 2006-02-22 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors for the treatment of diabetes |
CA2450579A1 (en) | 2001-06-20 | 2003-01-03 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors for the treatment of diabetes |
GB0115517D0 (en) | 2001-06-25 | 2001-08-15 | Ferring Bv | Novel antidiabetic agents |
KR20040015298A (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2004-02-18 | 스미스클라인 비참 코포레이션 | Fluoropyrrolidines as dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors |
ES2296962T3 (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2008-05-01 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | PIRROLIDINS AS INHIBITORS OF DIPEPTIDIL PEPTIDASA. |
KR20040030700A (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2004-04-09 | 우베 고산 가부시키가이샤 | Dibenzocycloheptene compound |
EP1399433B1 (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2007-08-22 | Smithkline Beecham Corporation | Fluoropyrrolidines as dipeptidyl peptidase inhibitors |
DE60225556D1 (en) | 2001-07-03 | 2008-04-24 | Novo Nordisk As | DPP-IV INHIBITING PURINE DERIVATIVE FOR THE TREATMENT OF DIABETES |
IL159697A0 (en) | 2001-07-05 | 2004-06-20 | Synaptic Pharma Corp | Substituted anilinic piperidines as mch selective antagonists |
UA74912C2 (en) | 2001-07-06 | 2006-02-15 | Merck & Co Inc | Beta-aminotetrahydroimidazo-(1,2-a)-pyrazines and tetratriazolo-(4,3-a)-pyrazines as inhibitors of dipeptylpeptidase for the treatment or prevention of diabetes |
ITMI20011483A1 (en) | 2001-07-11 | 2003-01-11 | Res & Innovation Soc Coop A R | USE OF COMPOUNDS AS FUNCTIONAL ANTAGONISTS TO CENTRAL DEICANNABINOID RECEPTORS |
CA2453609C (en) | 2001-07-18 | 2010-05-04 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Bridged piperidine derivatives as melanocortin receptor agonists |
AU2002319627A1 (en) | 2001-07-20 | 2003-03-03 | Merck And Co., Inc. | Substituted imidazoles as cannabinoid receptor modulators |
US6977264B2 (en) | 2001-07-25 | 2005-12-20 | Amgen Inc. | Substituted piperidines and methods of use |
US6915444B2 (en) | 2001-09-12 | 2005-07-05 | Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. | Network independent safety protocol for industrial controller using data manipulation techniques |
OA12771A (en) | 2002-02-14 | 2006-07-04 | Pharmacia Corp | Substituted pyridinones as modulators of P38 map kinase. |
EP1595867A4 (en) * | 2003-02-10 | 2008-05-21 | Banyu Pharma Co Ltd | Melanin-concentrating hormone receptor antagonists containing piperidine derivatives as the active ingredient |
AU2004241213B2 (en) * | 2003-05-21 | 2009-04-23 | Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | 2-aminoquinoline derivative |
US20070275956A1 (en) * | 2003-10-14 | 2007-11-29 | Lohray Braj B | Novel Heterocyclic Compounds |
WO2005085200A1 (en) * | 2004-03-05 | 2005-09-15 | Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Pyridone derivative |
WO2005108399A1 (en) * | 2004-05-10 | 2005-11-17 | Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Imidazopyridine compound |
TW200609219A (en) * | 2004-06-17 | 2006-03-16 | Neurogen Corp | Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives |
JPWO2006038680A1 (en) * | 2004-10-01 | 2008-05-15 | 萬有製薬株式会社 | 2-Arylcarboxamide-nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound |
-
2006
- 2006-08-03 CA CA002618112A patent/CA2618112A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2006-08-03 WO PCT/JP2006/315775 patent/WO2007018248A1/en active Application Filing
- 2006-08-03 AU AU2006277253A patent/AU2006277253A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2006-08-03 JP JP2007529613A patent/JPWO2007018248A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2006-08-03 US US11/989,876 patent/US20100216758A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2006-08-03 EP EP06782591A patent/EP1916239A4/en not_active Withdrawn
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2001021577A2 (en) * | 1999-09-20 | 2001-03-29 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Melanin concentrating hormone antagonist |
EP1285651A1 (en) * | 2000-04-28 | 2003-02-26 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Melanin concentrating hormone antagonists |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
See also references of WO2007018248A1 * |
Cited By (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP2502898A1 (en) * | 2009-11-18 | 2012-09-26 | Central Glass Company, Limited | Preparation method for aromatic difluoroacetic acid ester |
EP2502898A4 (en) * | 2009-11-18 | 2014-05-07 | Central Glass Co Ltd | Preparation method for aromatic difluoroacetic acid ester |
US8802886B2 (en) | 2009-11-18 | 2014-08-12 | Central Glass Company, Limited | Method for producing aromatic difluoroacetic acid ester |
WO2013131935A1 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2013-09-12 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pyridinone and pyridazinone derivatives as mch - receptor modulators |
US8933079B2 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2015-01-13 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pyridone and pyridazinone derivatives as anti-obesity agents |
WO2016166684A1 (en) | 2015-04-15 | 2016-10-20 | Richter Gedeon Nyrt. | Indole derivatives |
US10329296B2 (en) | 2015-04-15 | 2019-06-25 | Richter Gedeon Nyrt. | Indole derivatives |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2007018248A1 (en) | 2007-02-15 |
US20100216758A1 (en) | 2010-08-26 |
JPWO2007018248A1 (en) | 2009-02-19 |
CA2618112A1 (en) | 2007-02-15 |
AU2006277253A1 (en) | 2007-02-15 |
EP1916239A4 (en) | 2009-10-21 |
WO2007018248A9 (en) | 2008-02-14 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
EP1921065B1 (en) | Phenylpyridone derivative | |
US20100216758A1 (en) | Pyridone Compounds | |
US7732456B2 (en) | Pyridone derivative | |
US20090264426A1 (en) | Bicyclic aromatic substituted pyridone derivative | |
US7566781B2 (en) | Imidazopyridine compound | |
US7531668B2 (en) | 2-arylcarboxamide-nitrogenous heterocycle compound | |
EP1642898B1 (en) | Heteroaryloxy nitrogenous saturated heterocyclic derivative | |
US20110071129A1 (en) | Spirodiamine-diaryl ketoxime derivative | |
EP2072519A1 (en) | Diaryl ketimine derivative | |
EP1657242A1 (en) | Imidazopyridine derivatives | |
EP2272841A1 (en) | Diarylmethylamide derivative having antagonistic activity on melanin-concentrating hormone receptor | |
WO2010147234A1 (en) | Diarylamide-spirodiamine derivative |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
PUAI | Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012 |
|
17P | Request for examination filed |
Effective date: 20080310 |
|
AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR |
|
RIC1 | Information provided on ipc code assigned before grant |
Ipc: A61P 19/06 20060101ALI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61P 1/16 20060101ALI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61P 11/00 20060101ALI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61P 3/06 20060101ALI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61P 15/00 20060101ALI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61P 3/04 20060101ALI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61P 7/08 20060101ALI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61K 31/4418 20060101ALI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61P 13/12 20060101ALI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61K 31/444 20060101ALI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61P 17/00 20060101ALI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61K 31/407 20060101ALI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61P 3/10 20060101ALI20080702BHEP Ipc: C07D 213/64 20060101AFI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61P 9/10 20060101ALI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61K 31/4412 20060101ALI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61P 5/00 20060101ALI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61K 31/55 20060101ALI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61P 9/12 20060101ALI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61K 31/4439 20060101ALI20080702BHEP |
|
A4 | Supplementary search report drawn up and despatched |
Effective date: 20090918 |
|
RIC1 | Information provided on ipc code assigned before grant |
Ipc: A61K 31/4418 20060101ALI20090914BHEP Ipc: A61K 31/4412 20060101ALI20090914BHEP Ipc: A61P 3/10 20060101ALI20090914BHEP Ipc: A61P 1/16 20060101ALI20090914BHEP Ipc: A61K 31/4439 20060101ALI20090914BHEP Ipc: A61K 31/444 20060101ALI20090914BHEP Ipc: A61K 31/55 20060101ALI20090914BHEP Ipc: C07D 401/12 20060101ALI20090914BHEP Ipc: C07D 213/64 20060101AFI20080702BHEP Ipc: A61P 3/04 20060101ALI20090914BHEP Ipc: A61K 31/407 20060101ALI20090914BHEP Ipc: A61P 3/06 20060101ALI20090914BHEP |
|
17Q | First examination report despatched |
Effective date: 20091102 |
|
RAP1 | Party data changed (applicant data changed or rights of an application transferred) |
Owner name: MSD K.K. |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN |
|
18D | Application deemed to be withdrawn |
Effective date: 20110503 |